You are on page 1of 399

EVALUATION GRID

1 Supplier evaluation/Tenderer
(The criteria indicated are those used by the Evaluation Committee.) Must be completed by each member of the Evaluation Co
Contract title:
EFDA certificate of Professional Technical
Supplier Name competence capacity? capacity?

2 Product evaluation (completed for each tenderer)


supplier name:

Product Name Manufacturer Model Country of Origin


completed by each member of the Evaluation Committee.
Publication reference:
Prior experience of similar Financial capability (audit Pending
project report) litigation

EFDA PRODUCT Compliance with technical Manufacturer Certificate of Warranty


REGISTRATION CERTIFICATE specifications? brochure calibration and tests certificate
Manufacturer CE and Product availability
Authorization letter ISO on website
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Co
of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Com
Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literatu
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not su
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in
supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the C
the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Procuring Entity’s Specification


Micropipette 10- 50ul Variable Vol.
Country of Origin:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Variable Volume Micropipettes feature built-in tip ejectors and autoclavable tip cones.
Should work on a click-stop digital system, are easy to calibrate and maintain, and easy to
disassemble for autoclaving.
Manufactured as per ISO 9001:2008,. Each pipette should be individually calibrated according
to
ISO 8655 standards
Calibration certificate must be provided with each pipette.
Accuracy and Precision values should be those laid down in the ISO 8655 standards.
Built-in, streamlined tip ejector facilitates easy tip ejection and access to narrow necked bottles
and tubes.
Variable Volume Pipette: 5-50 µl
Increments [µl]: 0.5
Volume [µl]: 5.0 to 50.0
Accuracy (±) %: 2.5 to 0.7
Precision (±) %: 1.5 to 0.3
It should be CE mark and EFDA registered
d either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters
nt offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders
er’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
iate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
ejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the
ation or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render

Bidder’s Specification as Technical


Statement of Compliance
Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “No
of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “C
Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales liter
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is no
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement eithe
supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of th
the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Procuring Entity’s Specification


Micropipette - 200ul Variable Vol.
Country of Origin:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Variable Volume Micropipettes feature built-in tip ejectors and autoclavable tip cones.
Should work on a click-stop digital system, are easy to calibrate and maintain, and easy to
disassemble for autoclaving.
Manufactured as per ISO 9001:2008,. Each pipette should be individually calibrated according to
ISO 8655 standards
Calibration certificate must be provided with each pipette.
Accuracy and Precision values should be those laid down in the ISO 8655 standards.
Built-in, streamlined tip ejector facilitates easy tip ejection and access to narrow necked bottles
and tubes.
Variable Volume Pipette: 50-200 µl
Increments [µl]: 1
Volume [µl]: 50 to 200
Accuracy (±) %: 0.6 to 1
Precision (±) %: 2 to 0.3
It should be CE mark
d either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters
nt offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders
er’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
iate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
ejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the
ation or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render

Bidder’s Specification as Technical


Statement of Compliance
Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Co
of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Com
Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literatu
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not su
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in
supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the C
the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Procuring Entity’s Specification


Automated ESR analyzer based on the modified Westergren method
Country of Origin:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Reliable and accurate results in 10 minutes
Maintenance free
Technical requirements
Microprocessor Controlled ESR analyzer
Loading Capacity – 20 samples
Sedimentation analysis in 30-60min
ESR results auto-corrected at 18 °C
ESR tubes: 9/120mm, 1.6ml Vacuum/Non-vacuum ESR
Loading Capacity: Maximum 20 samples
Loading Pattern: Random Access
Sample collection by vacuum tubes/Non vacuum ESR tube
Results: In Westergren mm/hour (by interpolation)
Measuring method: by infrared detection /sedimentation kinetics
Reading resolution: /- 0.2 mm
Result resolution: /- 1 mm
Measurement range: 1 – 140 mm/Hrs.
Reproducibility: C.V < 5%
Input: Touch screen
Interface: RS232 and LPT for printer
Temperature Compensation: Refer to 18 °C automatically (selectable)
Built-in thermal printer
Standard Operating Temperature: 10 °C to 30 °C
Power Requirements, External power supply: 220V AC, 50Hz
Documentation
EFDA product registration certificate
US FDA/CE approved analyzer
Reference letters
Audit report
d either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters
nt offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders
er’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
iate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
ejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the
ation or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render

Bidder’s Specification as Technical


Statement of Compliance
Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Co
of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Com
Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literatu
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not su
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in
supporting evidence that is found Procuring
to be falseEntity’s Specification
either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the C
the Bidder or supplier liable
Dry oven/ Dry heat sterilizer for prosecution.
Country of Origin:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Description:
Sterilizer, hot air, Hot air sterilizer, with automatic sterilization process with timer.
Technical requirements:
Operating time: 45 min – 2 hrs.
Chamber volume: approx. 55Liter
Universal heating cabinet for use as drying oven or hot-air sterilizer
Temperature range: approx. 300 oC.
Control: Microprocessor PID Control Auto START / STOP Timer Power consumption: approx.
1200 W
With thermostat and ventilator
Supplied: Including 3 instrument trays
Power requirements: 220V/50Hz.
Accuracy: ± 0.2 oC at 180 oC
Uniformity: ± 1.0 oC at 180 oC
Safety: Over-Temperature Cut-Off
Material: Body - Epoxy Powder Coated Steel
Inner made of stainless steel SS 304 grade
Hot Air Circulation: Forced Convection
Heat up time to 180 oC: 15 min.
Power Plug: CEE 7/7 Schuko European Standard
Fitted with load indicator and safety thermostat take over indicator lamp. LCD/LED Indicator
Voltage corrector/stabilizer of appropriate ( Input 160-260 V and output 220-240 V and 50 Hz)
Warranty: two years
Documentation
User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied in English.
List of standard accessories and configuration.
Certificate of calibration and inspection.
List of important spare parts, consumables and accessories with their part number and costing
used for further purchasing after handover of the equipment
Log book with instructions for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist.
Performance report in the last 3 years from major hospitals should be enclosed.
EFDA registration certification.
After Sales service agreement for two years including implementation plan.
Authorization certificate.
Performance requirements
Demonstration of the performance of the instrument by running equipment.
Training completion. (User and biomedical)
Willing to supply spare parts within warranty period free of charge.
Warranty letter: 2 years comprehensive warranty
Validation of the instrument with respect to accuracy and performance and documentation.
d either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters
nt offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders
er’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
iate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
ejection. A statement either in the Bidders
Bidder’s Specification statement of compliance or the
as Technical
ation or the execution of theOffer Statement
Contract may be regarded of Compliance
as fraudulent and render
Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literatu
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not su
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in
Procuring Entity’s Specification
Micropipette 10- 1000ul Variable Vol.
Country of Origin:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Variable Volume Micropipettes feature built-in tip ejectors and autoclavable tip cones.
Should work on a click-stop digital system, are easy to calibrate and maintain, and easy
to disassemble for autoclaving.
Manufactured as per ISO 9001:2008,. Each pipette should be individually calibrated
according to ISO 8655 standards
Calibration certificate must be provided with each pipette.
Accuracy and Precision values should be those laid down in the ISO 8655 standards.
Built-in, streamlined tip ejector facilitates easy tip ejection and access to narrow necked bottles
and tubes.
Variable Volume Pipette: 100-1000 µl
Increments [µl]: 5
Volume [µl]: 100 to 1000
Accuracy (±) %: 0.9 to 0.6
Precision (±) %: 0.3 to 0.2
It should be CE mark and EFDA registered
er’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
iate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
ejection. A statement either in the Bidders
Bidder’s Specification statement of compliance or the
as Technical
Statement of Compliance
Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Co
of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Com
Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literatu
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not su
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in
supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the C
the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Procuring Entity’s Specification


Trolley
Country of Origin:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Basic lockable trolley for storage and transport of emergency medicines; medical devices and
renewable, and resuscitation equipment in health care facilities.
Technical Specifications:
Emergency response trolley with work surface and storage.
Heavy carriage mounted on 4 swivel castors, of which two with brakes and two anti-static.
Work surface with elevated edges, finished with anti-slip layer.
Four side-to-side drawers for storage of medicine, renewable and equipment.
One central lock to secure all drawers.
Inside of drawers is customizable, with organizer dividers.
Front of each drawer fit with prefixed content identification strips.
Integrated fitting for waste basket and sharps container.
Lateral positioned lift-up worktop extends work surface.
Fit with push bar-handle.
Protective bumpers at all four corners.
Materials:
High resistance to corrosion (tropical environment).
Frame, side panels, base and drawers: epoxy coated steel plate, ABS or equivalent polymer.
Push handle: Austenitic stainless steel 18/10.
Worktop: ABS or equivalent polymer.
Dimensions:
Overall: approx. 800 x 600 x 1000 mm (l x w x h).
Worktop extension: approx. 400 x 500 mm (l x w).
Height upper drawers: approx. 100 mm.
Height middle drawer: approx. 200 mm.
Height base drawer: approx. 400 mm.
Swivel castors, diameter: approx. 100 mm.
Carrying capacity: Approx. 30Kg
Warranty: two years
FMHACA product registration certificate
d either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters
nt offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders
er’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
iate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
ejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the
ation or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render

Bidder’s Specification as Technical


Statement of Compliance
Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “No
of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “C
Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales liter
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is no
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement eithe
supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of th
the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Procuring Entity’s Specification


Oxygen regulator With Flow Meter and Humidifier (Compatible with Oxygen cylinder
Country of Origin:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Flow meter regulator type: bull nose
Calibrated for Oxygen gas.
Back pressure compensated.
Polycarbonate tubes, chrome-plated brass body.
200 Bar, 0 - 15 LPM flow range.
2" Pressure gauge
Supply Pressure: 500 to 2200 psi
Outlet Pressure: High flow outlets: 40 to 50 psi at 500 to 2200 psi inlet pressure
Flow Capacity: High flow outlets: 125 LPM minimum single or combined flow with 500 psi inlet
pressure Constant flow outlet selections: 0-15 lpm: 0, .5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 15 0-25 lpm:
0, .5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25
Filter: 25 micron sintered bronze Safety Relief Pressure: 50-125 psi
Operating Temperature: 8° C to 40° C Storage Temperature: 0°C to 45° C
Materials: Body - nickel-plated brass; knob - anodized aluminum; outlets - nickel-plated brass;
internal parts - brass, stainless steel, Viton®, silicon, and Teflon®
Product Certificate:
FMHACA product registration certificate
Packaging of all goods must be clearly marked and securely packed.
Each Device will be further packed in separate package with all its standard accessories of
distinct identification and numbers consecutively.
d either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters
nt offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders
er’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
iate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
ejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the
ation or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render

Bidder’s Specification as Technical


Statement of Compliance
Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Co
of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Com
Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literatu
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not su
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in
supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the C
the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Procuring Entity’s Specification


Otoscope
GENERAL DESCRIPTION: Consultation instrument for ENT
Technical characteristics
Pneumatic consultation otoscope
Metallic construction
Integrated Halogen bulb 3.50 V
Fiber optic transmission
Ear insufflating system
Rotating lens with 10D minimum magnification and sealing system
Otoscope handle
Metallic construction
Rheostat light intensity control
Rechargeable battery included
Convertible to normal batteries
Otoscope accessories
Set of reusable sterilizable specula
Battery charger 220 V ac / 50 Hz
Case / bag for storage and transport
CONFIGURATION
Basic structure
1 pneumatic consultation otoscope head with 10D minimum magnifying lens
1 otoscope handles with rechargeable battery, convertible to normal batteries
Accessories
1 insufflating system for otoscope
1 set ear specula for otoscope
1 otoscope battery charger
1 case / bag for otoscope storage and transportation
Consumables and spare parts
2 Halogen bulbs for otoscope
STANDARDS
Ethiopian FDA registration certificate (updated)
ISO Certificate
CE Mark and USFDA Approved
d either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters
nt offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders
er’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
iate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
ejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the
ation or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render

Bidder’s Specification as Technical


Statement of Compliance
Offer
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR MEDICAL WASTE INCINERATORS

Date 02/08/2022 LITB-2022-9176885

GENERIC TENDER DOCUMENT FOR MEDICAL WASTE INCINERATORS

Quantity: One Each Location: Namibia Fuel: Electric


diesel
Equipment
Capacity

Characteristics of waste

Combustion performance

Outdoor installation

Materials of construction

Types of incinerator design acceptable


Waste feed system into the combustion chamber

Primary combustion chamber


Access doors, openings, and gaps

Primary combustion chamber temperature

Secondary combustion chamber

Secondary combustion chamber temperature


Secondary combustion chamber residence time

Primary and secondary burners

Energy source for burners

Air supply

Insulation

Refractory

Electrical

Electrical safety

Physical safety

Noise level

Controls and instrumentation

Temperature measurement

Display indicators
Other indicator displays

Indicators for time Fault condition

Air emission limits


Third Party Test Results

Stack (chimney)

Emergency bypass

Bottom ash handling

Painting and finishing

Recording
Typical service life
Spare parts

Languages of Operating and service manual

Warranty
Training

Other

* WHO, Safe management of wastes from health-care activities, Second edition 2014
** The Stockholm Convention on Persistent Organic Pollutants (POPs) 2001

Other Auxiliary equipment to be made available and used during operating the treatment unit (recommended)
· Safety Googles
· Working Gloves - Heat resistant
· Pedal Bins Infectious Waste 30 l
· Collection bin grey / black 50 l
· Collection bin yellow 50 l
· Transport Trolley
· Weighing scale
· Sharp Boxes 5 l
· Bag 40 l (yellow)

CHIMNEY AND BREACHING

PERFORMANCE

DIMENSIONS
MATERIALS

CONTROLS

AUXILIARY FIRING
EMISSION CONTROL

AUXILLARY EQUIPMENT

PAINTING

SITE REQUIREMENTS
R MEDICAL WASTE INCINERATORS

MEDICAL WASTE INCINERATORS

Double chamber medical infectious waste incinerator


300 kg per hour

Treatment of infectious waste, sharps and small amounts of pathological waste. The following average characteristics are considered*:

heating value above 2000 kcal/kg (8370 kJ/kg);


content of combustible matter above 60%;
content of non-combustible solids below 5%;

content of non-combustible fines below 20%;

moisture content below 30% by weight


The medical waste incinerator shall be capable of reducing waste to ash not exceeding 10% in weight of the total combustible charges
and below 1% in volume of the original waste.

The medical waste incinerator will be installed outdoors. All incinerator components shall be suitable for but not limited to outdoor
shaded installation, including electric motors, be resistant to corrosion, moisture and related weather elements.

Static stability of the incinerator must be achieved by a steel frame on which the incinerator doors, the burner and the protective
shielding are mounted
The incinerator shall not have any asbestos, asbestos-containing substances, mercury thermometers, and mercury switches. Refractory
materials shall be able to meet relevant standards under ISO TC33 and CEN/TC 187.
Dual-chamber controlled air incinerator or dual-chamber pyrolytic incinerator
Batch loading.
Shall be constructed with a casing (reinforced to withstand internal pressures without deflection or damage to the refractory or other
components) supported by a structural frame and provided with refractory lining and insulation
All access doors, openings, and gaps shall be sealed to prevent emission of smoke and exhaust gas and to block admission of air during
incinerator operations. Doors exposed to flame or direct heat of combustion gases shall be lined with the same type and thickness of
refractory lining and insulation as that used in the combustion chamber
≥ 850ºC with no cold spots
Shall be constructed with an exterior casing (reinforced to withstand internal pressures without deflection or damage to the refractory or
other components) and provided with refractory lining and insulation
1100ºC or higher
≥ 2 seconds after the last injection of air in the secondary chamber
Separate electrically spark-ignited primary burners and secondary burners with automatic control shall be used to achieve the specified
temperature requirements in the primary and secondary chambers. The flames of the primary and secondary burners shall not impinge on
the incinerator walls or floor.
Diesel fuel
Air supply in the primary and secondary chamber should be regulated between 30%- 80% and 170%- 120% of stoichiometric amount
respectively. Suitable flow measurement devices shall be provided on the primary and secondary air ducting. The combustion air shall b
supplied through a separate forced draft fan after accounting for the air supplied through burners
Insulation to be used for masonry, reinforced concrete, or non-combustible material shall prevent damage to the foundation from
excessive heat and shall be of a thickness to limit the outer casing to a maximum temperature of 66ºC in an ambient temperature of 21ºC
when the incinerator is operating at full capacity.
Refractory shall be “super duty” and heat-resistant to a minimum of 1100ºC in the primary chamber and 1250ºC in the secondary
chamber. Refractory shall also be abrasion resistant in the primary chamber, constructed of plastic or castable type refractory, designed
to prevent bulging and destruction due to heat stress, capable of supporting more than twice the hourly burning rate and preventing
leakage of fluids, and with a minimum thickness of 110 mm for walls and hearths
220V, single phase, 50Hz electrical power
The medical waste incinerator shall meet the requirements of IEC 61010-2-040, UL 61010A-2-041, or an equivalent electrical safety
standard; as well as the electromagnetic compatibility requirements under EN 61326 or equivalent standard.
Belts, pulleys, chains, gears and other rotating parts as well as sharp edges, located where persons come in close proximity to them, shall
be enclosed or guarded to protect personnel. High-temperature surfaces and piping located where they could endanger personnel or
create a fire hazard shall be covered with insulation
The noise level at 305 mm from any incinerator component shall not exceed 85 dBA..
Fully automated treatment process . The medical waste incinerator shall include control equipment and instruments, controls for burners
and fans, time clocks, relays, operating switches, indicator lights, gauges, motor starters, fuses, alarms, and circuit elements of the
control system, and other controls and instruments necessary for operation of the incinerator.

The operation and regulation of the medical waste incinerator shall be done from a central console. The console shall include a visual
graphic (screen) and computer recording to automatically monitor and record dates, time of day, batch number and operating parameters

The control system shall include an emergency shut-down switch or button. The system should be protected against the effects of
electrical short circuits
Automatic control circuit systems and manual switches shall be interlocked to prevent hazardous conditions or the discharge of toxic air
pollutants above the specified limits.
The control system shall be able to use proportional control or other effective control algorithm to maintain the operating conditions
specified herein.
The medical waste incinerator shall have an indicating recording pyrometer for measuring incinerator temperature with a range at least
from 0 to 1315ºC accurate to within ± 1% of range
The medical waste incinerator shall have thermocouples to measure gas temperatures and control burner operation, suitable for
temperatures up to 1260ºC and accurate to within 0.5% of the operating and indicating temperature range
Temperature and other key parameters shall be readable by normal vision from a distance of 1.00m
Displays shall be able to indicate: operation in progress, end of cycle or fault conditions
Error shall not exceed 1% of the indicated time in hours or minutes as applicable
In the event of a failure that prevents the completion of the process, the controls shall be able to show a visual indication of failure and
an audible alarm
The medical waste incinerator shall be able to meet the following air emission limits*,
DAILY AVERAGE VALUES:
Total dust: 10 mg/m3 Carbon monoxide: 50 mg/m3
Gaseous and vaporous organic substances, expressed as total organic carbon: 10 mg/m3
Hydrogen chloride: 10 mg/m3 Hydrogen fluoride: 1 mg/m3 Sulphur dioxide: 50 mg/m3
Nitrogen monoxide and nitrogen dioxide, expressed as nitrogen dioxide: 200 mg/m3

10-MINUTE AVERAGE VALUE


Carbon monoxide: 95% - 150 mg/m3

HALF-HOURLY AVERAGE VALUES:


Total dust: 100% - 30 mg/m3, 97% - 10 mg/m3
Carbon monoxide: 100% - 100 mg/m3
Gaseous and vaporous organic substances, expressed as total organic carbon: 100% - 20 mg/m3, 97% - 10 mg/m3
Hydrogen chloride: 100% - 60 mg/m3, 97% - 10 mg/m3
Hydrogen fluoride: 100% - 4 mg/m3, 97% - 2 mg/m3
Sulfur dioxide: 100% - 200 mg/m3, 97% - 50 mg/m3
Nitrogen monoxide and nitrogen dioxide, expressed as nitrogen dioxide : 100% - 400 mg/m3, 97% - 200 mg/m3

AVERAGE VALUES OVER A SAMPLING PERIOD >6 HOURS TO 8 HOURS:


Dioxins and furans: 0.1 ng I-TEQ/Nm3

AVERAGE VALUES OVER A SAMPLING PERIOD >30 MINUTES TO 8 HOURS:


Cadmium and its compounds: Total 0.05 mg/m3 Thallium and its compounds: Total 0.05 mg/m3 Mercury and its compounds: 0.05
mg/m3 Antimony and its compounds: Total 0.05 mg/m3 Arsenic and its compounds: Total 0.05 mg/m3 Lead and its compounds: Total
0.05 mg/m3 Chromium and its compounds: Total 0.05 mg/m3 Cobalt and its compounds: Total 0.05 mg/m3 Copper and its compounds:
Total 0.05 mg/m3 Manganese and its compounds: Total 0.05 mg/m3 Nickel and its compounds: Total 0.05 mg/m3 Vanadium and its
compounds: Total 0.05 mg/m3

Standard conditions defined as T = 273ºK, P=101.3 kPa, 11% O2, dry gas
A copy of test results from stack sampling and analysis of air emissions from an incinerator of the same model and capacity burning
typical medical waste shall be provided and in compliance with EU DIRECTIVE 2000/76/EC. The tests shall be conducted by an
independent Third Party duly accredited and certified. The test report shall include concentrations of 17 congeners of 2,3,7,8-TCDD/F,
corresponding detection limits, Toxic Equivalent (TEQ) using I-TEF as well as TEQ from non- detected congeners and the maximum
possible TEQ (estimated maximum possible concentration/upper bound), sampling standard recoveries, extraction standard recoveries,
and other quality assurance/quality control information
The stack shall have a minimum height of 6.0 meters of mild or stainless steel (partly with insulation) above ground level
The emergency bypass shall remain closed and should not permit the release of gaseous emissions during normal operations. The date,
time and duration of the opening of the emergency bypass during abnormal conditions should be recorded and included in the permanen
record

The incinerator should include a ash sump with additional means to prevent bottom ash from being released into the workspace

The inner surfaces of the outer casing of the incinerator, the exterior surfaces of the outer casing, the control panel, and piping, except
corrosion-resistant steel, should be cleaned to the base metal for removal of oil and rust before primer is applied. A weather resistant
finish should be placed on all items that will be exposed to the outside
Recording of operating parameters should be able to be done digital or analog and should include values sufficient to confirm that cycle
parameters have been achieved and maintained within the manufacturer’s specified tolerances. Printed records should be readable for no
less than 2 years
10 years
Complete set of spare parts/ wear parts suitable for two year of operation and be precisely specified
Operation Manual in English and French language Workshop manual in English and French language
All installation materials, all necessary connection materials and power supply cables
Warranty on parts and service after commissioning and acceptance, for two years. Preventive maintenance for 2 years
On-site training provided to operators
Local travel shall include the following:
Installation of the incinerators Testing and commissioning
Final completion report (at the end of the project a final completion report signed by a representative of the customer has to be presented. This will be the document used
for invoice certification
Training and trainee assessment report Training
Local transportation of the trainer to each site

The training as a min must cover training of user / technician in:


Design, installation and commissioning details (proper operation, loading and unloading of waste)
Daily, weekly and monthly maintenance tasks Periodic preventive maintenance checks Diagnosis and repair procedures
Installation procedures Training required at each site

The aim of the training is to enable the participating local users/ technicians to use, maintain, repair and install incinerators under this
cost estimate
The complete shop drawings, site planning and technical requirements are to be provided by the supplier to the client prior to delivery
and not later than 3 weeks after contract signature, in order to prepare the site by the client.
Set of plans and assembly drawings
Set of engineering drawings: Lay out drawing with all main equipment, flue gas ductwork and main piping, PID flow diagram
A list of steps in the construction process
All standard accessories/consumables/parts required for the proper operation for 2 years of the above item shall be included in the offer.
Bidders shall specify, in a separate Scope of Supply the quantity and details of any items included in this offer which have not been
specified above.
Delivered and installed. Completely ready for use functionally and operationally, user instructions, service and repair instructions and
list of all wear parts and spare parts in English and French language.

ealth-care activities, Second edition 2014


Organic Pollutants (POPs) 2001

ble and used during operating the treatment unit (recommended)

DESCRIPTION
Standard top type – Self supporting
Capacity(kg/hr)
Refuse
Average Moisture (%)
Air pollution Std
Loading door opening(mm x mm)
Grate/Hearth area(m2)
Primary Chamber volume(m3)
Secondary Chamber total volume(m3)
Minimum stack diameter(mm)
Approximate weight (kg)
Casing
Bracing
Fire gate
Ashing door
Loading door
Grate/Hearth support
Refractory
Insulation-walls
Insulation- Roof
Draught control
Air supply

Electric

Fuel

Primary burner

Output

Secondary Burner

Output

Flame monitoring
Ignition

System

Particulate & fly ash

Firing tools

Peepholes

Casting

Roof

Stack-mild Steel

Stack- 3CR12

Foundation

Shelter

Electric power

Fuel supply
Access
Class 1

>300
Health care Waste
15-25
SI 141 of 1996
750x750
3.72
5.56
7.6
933
25800
5.0mm mild steel plate
Mild steel
High grade cast iron
High grade cast iron
Heavy mild steel plate lined with castable refractory and insulation
Heavy mild steel sections
High alumina monolithic
High temperature insulation bricks
Calcium silicate boards and air traps
Natural induction and door operated draught reducer
Primary- quarl induction,
vortex
interruption
and door
operated
limiter

Secondary –
natural and
venture
induction
Control
panels, relays
isolator,
contractors
circuit
breakers
Switches,
digital
indicating
temperature
controller,
pilot

light,
pyrometer
(indicating)
Diesel, Oil (or
natural gas of
LPG)
RIELLO RG
RL28 HILO
or equivalent
Max 332kW
Photoelectric
cell
Max. 450kW
Photoelectric
cell
Auto spark
after pre-
purge

Automatic
regulation of
air
distribution,
air quantity
and rate of
distribution

Heated
refractory
screen
Low velocity
grit settling
Minimization
of
entrainment

Rake, Straight
poker

Optional air
cooled, glass
fronted
viewing point
in loading
door or rear
wall

Hammerite
deep green
Hammerite
silver grey
Hammerite
silver grey
Pickled and
passivated.

Flat and level


concrete base
under the
incinerator
Weather
protection
over the
incinerator in
particular
control panels
and burner(s)

Single
phase/220V/1
0 Amp/50hz
to Isolator of
controls.

10mm gravel
feed
connected to
fire valve of
incinerator

Reasonable
access to
permit the
entry of all
components
of the
Incinerator
and Chimney
stack to be
ensured by
others.
ELECTRICAL INCINERATOR

Supply and install KRII or equivalent 50 kg/hr incineration capacity medical waste incincrator with the following techn ical
1. GENERAL
1.1 Outline
This facility is basecl on incinerator which incinerate medical wastes and prevention 'facilities which treat fly ash from incin
facilities.
1.2 Scope of estimate
- Offered scopes included
1) Supply of incinerator & accessories
2) Ocean transportation fee.
3) Installation &amp; commissioning fee.
1 •3 delivery period
2 months after contract
1. 4 50Kg/hr Incinerator of medical waste
1.5 completion and guarantee
1)Completion date is 90 calendar dates.

2) The term of guarantee : Guarantee performance and extra defects for 1 year after delivery time completion.
3) Defect-management: If defects occurred in the term of guarantee, contractor should fix on contractor's responsibility.
1.6 Design Standard
1 ) Target waste composition ratio

Human anatomical waste 10%


Microbiological infectious waste 35%
Non - anatomical infectious waste 20%

General Hospital waste 35%


2) Permitted _ emission standards and exhaust gas design standards
(Facility capacity)

Exhaust fumes - Less than 2 degree Ringel mann Soke char


Ignition loss - 5%
2. DESIGNING CONDITION

A low degree caloric value:400()(E5,000kcal/kg


Burn rate:50kg/Hr
Operation condition: 1
INCINERATION EQUIPMENT
3.1 Incineration equipment outline
- Features
0.05 mg/m3

shall include
will be
Copper and its compounds: Total 0.05 mg/m3 Manganese and

concentrations of 17 congeners of 2 3 7 8-TCDD/F


exposed to the
its compounds: Total 0.05 mg/m3 Nickel and its compounds: Total

corresponding detection limits Toxic Equivalent (TEQ) using I-TEF as well


0.05 mg/m3 Vanadium and its compounds: Total 0.05 mg/m3

as TEQ from non- detected congeners and the maximum possible TEQ
(estimated maximum possible concentration/upper bound) sampling standard recoveries
extraction standard
OR Light, mobile
Clinical Purpose/Description:
A mobile type operating light provides an optimal shadow free lighting for carrying out surgical procedures in an eme
environment.
Technical Specification:
The unit comprises of spring balanced articulating arm.
Have continuous dimmer, continuous focus adjustment, and continuous field adjustment.
Auxiliary light source included for extra operations
No infrared or ultraviolet radiation
Sterilizable removable handle to regulate light field size
Light intensity: not less than 160,000 lux at 1m distance from light source
Color temperature: ≥ 4300 K
Applicable Working Distances from Light head to Surgical Area (cm): 70 ~ 140
Diameter of light head: not less than 0.60cm
Heat filtrating: 99%
Dimming Range 30 - 100°/o
Lifetime of LEDs ≥ 50,000hrs
Mobile stand:
Shall have Sturdy mobile base made of fiberglass and diameter 54 cm (21.3 in), easy to move, low friction castors (an
two castors can be locked)
Castor must be medical chemical resistant
Battery:
Built in rechargeable batteries with capacity sufficient for operating in battery mode (fully charged) for minimum of 3
Battery power (charge) indicator
System Configuration Accessories, Spares, Consumables and other components:
1x spare of Sterilizable removable handle
1 x spare of fuses
Operating Environment;
Operating Temperature: +10 °C to + 32°C
Relative humidity: < 85%
Utility Requirements:
Electrical Power Supply: 100 - 240VAC
Standards and Safety Requirements:
Shall meet IEC-60601(Or Equivalent) General Requirements of Safety for Electromagnetic Compatibility
Shall meet ISO 13485 Medical Device Quality Management system (Or Equivalent)
Installation, Training and Commissioning:
The supplier must provide installation, and commissioning of the device at health Facility
The supplier must provide on sight technical and end user training
Warranty and After Sale service:
The supplier must provide minimum of two years warranty including labor and spare part from the date of commissio
After basic warranty the supplier must agree for after sales service
Documentation:
User and service manual in English
Packaging and Labeling;
Packing of all the goods clearly marked and securely packed.
Each good will be further packed in separate package with all its standard accessories of distinct identification and nu
consecutively.
Additional packing and labeling requirements should bear in each package
Each item with all accessories /spare part shall be configured and packed in one unit.
Ophthalmoscope, direct
Technical specification:
3.5 V LED illumination Ophthalmoscope:
shall have not less than 89 diopters
Corrective lenses for 89 diopter values Plus 1-45 in single steps, Minus 1-44 in single steps.
Easy-to-operate aperture hand-wheel with semi-circle, small/medium/large circle, fixation star, slit and grid.
Includes filter wheel engageable for all apertures with symbol display, red-free filter, blue filter and polarization filter
Focusing device with zero retention force for the quick correction of ametropias.
Dust-proof
Large selection of power sources: handy and stable handles, practical chargers and well-conceived diagnostic stations
Lithium Rechargeable Battery
Slit
Material:
Illuminators, Optical glass encased with break proof and lightweight plastic.
Handle: Chromed steel
Accessories/Spare parts/Consumables:
Spare lamps, 3.5 V LED
Lithium Rechargeable battery for handle.
Carrying case
Operating Environment;
Operating Temperature: +10 °C to + 45°C
Relative humidity: < 85%,
Utility requirement: NA
Electrical Power Supply: 220VAC +/-10%, 50HZ
Standards and Safety Requirements:
IEC 60601-1: 2012, IEC 60601-1-2:2007
Shall meet ISO 13485/10943 Medical Device Quality Management system (Or Equivalent)
Warranty and After Sale service:
The supplier must provide minimum of Two years warranty including labor and spare part from the date of commissi
Documentation:
Operating/user Manual (language in English) including lists of important accessories, Documentation must also show
recommended procedures for disposal and any probable hazards to the environment and/or community.
Packaging and Labeling;
Each item with all accessories /spare part shall be configured and packed in one unit.
INFUSION PUMP, UNIVERSAL SINGLE CHANNEL
1. INFUSION PUMP, UNIVERSAL SINGLE CHANNEL
General Specifications:
Adult, Pediatric and Neonatal Patients
Makes use of the linear peristalsis working principle
Has an open system to be able to use universal IV sets
7 infusion modes (mI/h, body weight, drip loading dose, ramp, sequence. & Relay modes)
Infusion Rate Range of 0.01 to 1200 ml7h with a minimum increment of 0.01 ml/h
Accuracy of set delivery rate ±2% according to IEC/EN60601-2-24
VTBI range of 0 to 9999ml” Volume infused range ol o to 9,999 ml
More than 15 types of dose rate units
KVO rale range of 0.01 fa 5 ml/h with a default value of 1 ml/h
Maximum purge rate of 1200 ml/h
Manual and programmable bolus
Has anti-bolus
Volume preselection
0.1-99.99ml increments of 0.01ml
100.0–999.0ml in increments 0.1ml
1000–9999ml in increments 1ml
Time preselection 00:01–99:59h
Alarm in the case of incorrect dose for incorrect dosages of 0.1ml due to malfunctions of the device the pump will automati

Audible and visible alarms (VTBI Infused Pressure high, battery empty, KVO finished, Check upstream, Door error, Air bu
VTBI near end Battery near empty, no battery inserted reminder alarm, Standby time expired, no power supply, drop sensor

Technical specifications:
7 levels of air bubble detection
12 levels of occlusion pressure detection from 0.1-1.2bar
Has a drug library that can record more than 2000 items
Has a history record that can contain more than 5000 records
10 levels of voice volume” 0 levels of brightness contrast display
Physical specifications:
Weight Approximately 1.5kg
4.3-inch TFT Screen Resolution
Touch screen Display
Automatic Door Design and Flow Clamp
Operating conditions:
Power supply: 240V AC~,50/60Hz
Time of operation: 100% (continuous operation)
Relative humidity: 30%…90% (without condensation)
Temperature+5…+40°C
Atmospheric pressure 500-1060mbar
Type of battery pack: (rechargeable)NiMH
Operating time of rechargeable battery Approx. 8hours at 25ml/h
Recharging time: Approx. 4hours
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Co
of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Com
Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literatu
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not su
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in
supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the C
the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Procuring Entity’s Specification


CPR board
Product description:

Board used to aid in administration of cardiopulmonary resuscitation. Board is anatomically


contoured to properly position a victim for effective application of external cardiac compression.

Functional requirement:
Recessed handles help with lifting and positioning.
Textures on the layout prevent the patient from slipping during cardiopulmonary resuscitation,
making it easier for the patient to be lifted by contouring the front.
Can be stored under cot mattress.
Technical requirement:
23-1/4in x 17-1/4in x 2in, Orange
The press plate is made of high-density polyethylene plastic, solid surface, one end down into a
cup just to keep the patient's head back.
Waterproof for water rescue.
Performance requirement:
Warranty of two years
EFDA registered
d either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters
nt offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders
er’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
iate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
ejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the
ation or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render

Bidder’s Specification as Technical


Statement of Compliance
Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “No
individual parameters of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment of
supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of ma
literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, indepen
statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evidence presented
liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is fo
evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the Bidd

Procuring Entity’s Specification

Infant radiant warmer


Overview of functional requirements
Provides thermal support, oxygen and suction for newborn infants.
All items mounted on mobile trolley, on wheels fitted with brakes.
Infant bassinette to be stable, secure and easy to disinfect.
TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Bassinette to allow tilting of infant bed, clear view of infant and provide easy access to the infant from at least three sides.
Swing side panels to access infant table.
Height adjustable infant table, minimum height of which to be at least 80 cm.
Tilting table mechanism > 12°C
Mattress made by a material flame retardant, washable, antibacterial and resistant to: corrosion, water, detergent soap, 70%
alcohol solution with or without nitrite and to the hypochlorite of sodium.
Equipment compatibility with heated mattresses.
Side handles facilitate positioning
Hood integrates heating element and light
Vertical column integrates controls and displays
Overhead exanimation light: 2 x 40 W halogen spot, with dimming function
Heating element: emitter with parabolic reflector protected by metal grid
Preset skin temperature, range approx: 34 to 38 C, increments 0.1 °C
Temperature preset drives heater output in servo mode
Easy switch between servo and manual mode
Skin temperature monitoring via sensor, range: 30 to 42 °C (sensitivity 0.2 °C)
Sensor thermistor based and factory calibrated
Preset heater output: 0 to 100 %, in 10 % increments
Integrated timer, preset: 1 to 59 min with up/down count feature, increments 1 min
Auto-off at time elapse
Audiovisual alarm on skin temperature (+/- 0.1 °C of preset value) and time (elapse)
Large LED display shows: Heater output preset in Watt
Mode (servo or manual)
Preset skin temperature
Actual skin temperature
Air temperature
Elapsed or remaining time
Display reports system errors such: sensor malfunction, timer failure, low/high temperature
Dimensions, approx: 0.90 x 0.80 x 1.90 m (l x w x h)
Power requirement: 220 V / 50 Hz
Power consumption, approx: 800 W / describe
* Bassinet size not less than 65 x 40 cm.
*Drawer or shelf to be included for storage
*Mounting fittings for separate suction pump and bottled oxygen supply *Examination light with dedicated power switch
*At least one unit integrated monitor shelf which could support up to at least 20 Kg.
* Equipment composed by at least: an open-bassinet, heater unit and control unit.
UTILITY REQUIREMENTS
Voltage: 220 V, 50 Hz, ±10%.
Battery powered alarm in the event of power failure, with temporary silence feature
Voltage corrector / stabilizer to allow operation at ± 30% of local rated voltage.
Electrical protection by resettable over current breakers or replaceable fuses fitted in both live and neutral lines.
Mains cable to be at least 3m length. Compliance with IEC 60601 electrical standards and regulations
ACCESSORIES, CONSUMABLES, SPARE PARTS, OTHER COMPONENTS
Accessories
Two extra mattresses.
Three extra sets of sensors.
Base for external oxygen cylinder.
Neonatal manual resuscitator.
Oxygen tank of approximately 10 litters, 200 bars, portable and provided with at least the following accessories: flux meter
humidifier and oxygen tubes.
Reflective sensor patch (box of 50).
Spare parts
Two sets of spare fuses (if replaceable fuses used)
Two complete set of warmer element (radiant heater)
Five replacement examination light bulb
Reusable Resuscitator:
Integrated handle resuscitator with self-inflating bag, used in pulmonary resuscitation of infants and children..
maximum volume delivered not less than 300 ml;
oxygen reservoir bag capacity not less than 1500 ml. 100% latex-free;
transparent valve, transparent face mask
TRAINING, INSTALLATION AND UTILISATION
Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks before handover
Local clinical staff to affirm completion of installation
Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be provided yearly, monthly.
Warranty: Not less than 24 months
Documentation requirements:
Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
The bidder to provide the letter of satisfactory installation of the same model in Ethiopia

List to be provided of important spares, consumables, and accessories, with their part numbers and cost applicable for two y
List of standard accessories and configurations.
Contact details of the manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided.
Regulatory approval: EFMHACA registration certificate, European CE/ISO
Authorization letter from the manufacturer.
All technical specifications should be supported with the original data sheet highlighting the page number in the compliance
Photocopy/computer print of our specification will not be acceptable
SOP for the item.
Warranty certificate for two years from date of commissioning.
Separate reference (2) letter from local Government hospitals/health centers about timely completion of installation and
uninterrupted supply of consumables for the item to be supplied (same model).
Separate letter for a 2-year service agreement including cost of labor and spare parts along with implementation plan
Separate letter to provide service and application training to biomedical engineers and users with implementation plan.
Maintenance:
2 years after-sales service agreement including Spares and labor.
During the warranty period free upgrades of the software, if any, should be provided.
Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
Manufacturer/principal to give the undertaking to provide spares and consumables for the next 5 years of their quoted mode
without interruption.
Not Comply” against each of the
offered. Statements of “Comply” must be
manufacturer’s un-amended sales
pendent test data etc., as appropriate. A
ed will render the Bid under evaluation
found to be false either during Bid
dder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Bidder’s
Statement of
Specification as
Compliance
Technical Offer
No Item Spec Version Date
22 Wheel chair 001 3/23/2021
21 Weighing scale with height, electronic 001 3/30/2021
16 Thermometer aux 001 3/28/2021
8 Suction machine 001 3/26/2021
14 Stretcher 001 3/27/2021
Steam Sterilizer, 24L 002 5/11/2021
25 Room heater
12 Pulse Oximeter 001 3/25/2021
13 Patient bed 001 3/21/2021
11 Microscope, Light 001 3/17/2021
7 Microscope, flourescence 001 3/18/2021
3 Laundry, 24Kg 001 3/24/2021
4 Hematology analyser, 3 Diff 001 3/16/2021
26 HBA1c
10 Haemoglobin meter, POCT 001 3/31/2021
2 Freezer, plasma 500L 001 3/24/2021
9 Fetal Doppler 001 3/22/2021
17 Examination Light, Mobile 001 3/25/2021
15 Examination light 001 3/29/2021
6 Examination couch 001 3/20/2021
5 Delivery couch 001 3/19/2021
1 Chemistry analyser, 100T 001 3/15/2021
24 Centrifuge, general purpose
20 Bp Appratus, Mercurial 000 3/14/2021
18 Bp Appratus, Digital 001 3/13/2021
19 Bp Appratus, anaeroid 002 3/12/2021
23 Bd screen
27 centrifuge, Hematocrit
28 Electrolyte analyzer
29 Hormone Analyzer
30 Opthalmoscope
31 Infant radiant warmer
32 Infusion pump
33 Operating table
34 Refrigerator, EPI
35 Refrigerator, pharmaceutical or lab
36 IV stand
37 Glucometer
38 Opthalmoscope
39 Cardiotochography (CTG)
40 Oxygen concentrator
41 Crytherapy machine
42 Biosafety cabinet level I
43 Biosafety cabinet level II
44 Biosafety cabinet level III
45 Phototherapy machine
46 CPR board
47 Defibrillator
48 Operating Light
49 Incinarator
50 Oxygen gauge
51 Otoscope
52 Trolley
53 Thermometer IR
54 Micro pippete 100-1000 micro litters
55 Micro pippete 05-50
56 Micro pippete 0.5-10ul
57 Micro pippete 20-200
58 Micro pippete 10-1004
59 Micro pippete 10-1005
60 ESR analyzer
61 Dry Oven
62 oxygen cylinder
63
Anaesthetic machine
I. Composition:
Anaesthesia machine complete, mounted on a robust mobile frame
Accessories:
Swivel arm for circuit system
Tube holder for patient tubing
Patient circuits for adult: 02 set
Circuit system, complete with two CO2 absorbers, in-and expiratory valve, and
pressure adjustable valve.
All other standard accessories ready for use
Patient circuits for adult: 02 set
Circuit system, complete with two CO2 absorbers, in-and expiratory valve, and
pressure adjustable valve.
All other standard accessories ready for use
II. Specification:
Frame of modular construction, mounted on cart with 4 antistatic castors, 2 of them
with lockable
Retractable writing panel, 3 drawers
Frame of stainless steel, plastic coated, surface must be stable against treatment
with disinfectional solutions
Gas supply:
Yokes for medical gas cylinders, 1x O2, 1x N2O
Independent for each cylinder pressure reducer
Separate gauges for piped-in gases
High pressure hoses for supplying O2, N2O and air, length of at least 5 m
Non-return valve
Acoustic alarm in case of Oxygen failure and N2O automatic cut off if oxygen
oxygen pressure < 2.0 bar
Bistable switch for N2O / O2 or AIR/ O2 mixture.
Frontal manometers for controlling of inlet gases
Oxygen: 3.5-5.5 bar
Nitrous–oxide: 3.5-5.5 bar
Compressed air: 3.5-5.5 bar
Colour code: Blue for Oxygen, Grey for N2O, Yellow for compressed air
Gas dosage adjustment:
+Measuring pipes: Low-flow flowmeter with 5 pipes:
+ Measuring range :
Oxygen: 200-1000ml/min (fine tube)
1-10l/min (coarse tube).
Nitrous-oxide: 200-1.000ml/min (fine tube)
1-10l/min (coarse tube).
Air: 0.2-15l/min
Vaporizer: 2pcs. Vaporizer (Halothane, Isoflurance) with interlock and safety key
filling system.
Power supply: 220V AC ± 10%, 50Hz
III. Other conditions:
Pass the international quality standards: ISO 9001 or other equivalents
Complies with IEC 601-1 , class 1 , type BF or B
Usable under tropical conditions
All surfaces must be cleanable with disinfectional solutions
Spare parts supply ability
Installation and after sale service.
Provide operation manuals in Vietnamese
Warranty: min. 1 year
Operating light with satellite, ceiling mounted, 150000 - 200000 lux
I. Composition:
Main unit and standard accessories
Accessories: 5 pcs halogen bulb and 2pcs light adjustment hand grips
II. Specification:
For use in main Operating theatre
Combination of main and auxiliary cool lights, suspended from ceiling
Constant light field diameter without refocusing up to 500 mm in height
Light intensity adjustment: continuous
Light adjustment by sterilizable rotating hand grip
Room height: approx. 3,000 mm
Main light
llluminance at the distance of 1 m min 120.000 lux
Color temperature approx. 4300 ºK
Focusable light field size: approx. 8-35 cm
Diam. of lamp head: approx. 85 cm
Temperature increase in the operating field at 100.000 lux max. 15 ºC
Temperature increase at head level max. 2 ºC
Swivel radius of lamp housing approx. 1500 mm
Height adjustment of light head approx. 800 mm
Number of bulbs approx. 7 pcs
Bulb type: Halogen 24V
Satellite
Illuminance at the distance of 1 m min 70.000 lux
Color temperature approx. 4300 ºK
Diam. of lamp head: approx. 55 cm
Temperature increase in the operating field at 50.000 lux max. 8 ºC
Temperature increase at head level max. 2 ºC
Swivel radius of lamp housing approx. 1500 mm
Height adjustment of light head approx. 1200 mm
Number of bulbs approx. 4 pcs
Bulb type: Halogen 24V
Power supply: 220VAC ± 10% / 50 Hz, Transformer DC 24 V
III. Other conditions:
Meet the international quality standards: ISO 9001 or other equivalents
Usable under tropical conditions
Warranty: min. 1 year
Installation and staff instruction
Commit to supply spare parts and consumables for at least 10 years
Operating manual in English
Respirator (Ventilator)
I. Function
For adult and child with weight = 5kg
II. Composition
Main unit: 01 unit
Humidifier with heater: 01 unit
Re-usable Patient Tubing System, two water traps (for adult) : 02 sets
Re-usable Patient Tubing System, two water traps (for child) : 02 sets
Patient circuit hanger: 01 ea
Mobile cart for the whole system: 1ea
Standard accessories: 01 set
External air compressor
All reusable parts must be autoclavable
III. Specification
Ventilation method:
Volume Support (VS)
Volume – based breaths (V-CMV, P-SIMV)
Pressure – based breaths (P-CMV, P-SIMV)
Pressure-regulated volume control (PRVC)
Ventilation mode:
Control mandatory ventilation (V-CMV; P-CMV)
Synchronized intermittent mandatory ventilation (V-SIMV, P-SIV)
Spontaneous ventilation (SPONT)
Smart positive Airway pressure (SPAP)
Volume targeted ventilation (VTV)
Auto mode
Breath Triggering:
Pressure triggering from 1-20 cmH2O
Flow triggering from 1-25lpm
User Configurable Functions:
Apnea Back-up:
User selected back-up breath type/mode

User-defined respiratory rate, trigger type, breath timing, oxygen concentration, and PEEP settings
Apnea interval setting from 10-60 seconds
Nebulizer Function:
User defined duration between 1-60 minutes
User defined frequency up to 480 minutes
Oxygen concentration and volume compensated
Sigh Function:
User defined volume or pressure based sigh
User defined frequency and multiples of sigh
User defined amplitude of sign (+0-50% of tidal pressure or volume settings)
Man Insp (manual breath delivery)
Inspiratory and Expiratory Breath Holds
100% oxygen
Adjustable rise time; fast, medium or slow
Exh Sens % (10-80% of spont peak flow)
Control settings: selectable for following parameters
+ Tidal volume range: 10-2000 ml
+ Breathing rate range: 1-150 beats/min
+ PEEP/CPAP: 0-50 cmH2O
+ Pcontrol, Psupport between 0-80 cmH2O
+ I-times: 0.1 –0.5 sec
+ Peak flow: 3-120 liters/ min (for mandatory); 180 lpm for spontaneous breaths
+ O2 concentration range: 21-100%
Page 126 of 205
27
Alarms: visible and audible for pressure high, pressure low; rate high / rate low;
Exp Min Vol high /low Exp Min Vol ; Oxygen high/oxygen low; apnoea;
Disconnection; Flow sensor; O2 Supply; Air supply; Compressor
Err:509
Err:509
Monitored data
Pressure value: Ppeak., PEEP, Pmean, Pplateau
Volume/Flow value: Vte, Exp Min Vol, leak rate
Time values: Respiration rate, Tinsp, Ti/Ttot, RR/TV
Respiratory Mechanics : R insp ., R exp, C stat
Delivered O2%
Real time curves:
+ Pressure over time
+ Flow over time
+ Volume over time
+ Pressure-Volume & Flow-Volume loops
Power supply: AC: 220V/ 50 Hz +/- 10%
Battery: built in rechargeable battery for the respirator continuous
running of up to 6 hours
Internal air compressor
VI. Other conditions :
Pass the international quality standards: ISO 9001 or other equivalent international
Standards ,TUV, FDA a.o.
Complies with IEC 601-1 , class 1 , type BF or B
Warranty time: at least 1 year
Installation, test, staff training maintenance at site
Supply after sale service within 48 hours
Supply full set of documents including: user manual, service manual with circuit
Diagrams, drawings, troubleshooting guidelines, spare parts list etc.
Operating manual in Vietnamese
Commit to supply spare parts and consumables for at least 10 years after the
installation
Episiotomy set
Composition and Specification:
Haemostic forceps curved, non-tooth approx. 16 cm length - 1pc
Holder needle, approx. 200m length - 1pc
maier’s sponge holding forceps , approx. 240mm length - 1pc
Surgical scissor , straight, s/s, approx. 180mm length - 1pc
Surgical scissor , straight, b/b, approx. 180mm length - 1pc
Needle suture, section 0, No8 - 5 pcs
Instrument case approx. 320x 165x 65 mm - 1pc
All items made of stainless steel, and autoclavanle
Meet ISO 9001 or other equivalent international standard
Examination instrument, gynecology
Composition and Specification:
Grave’s vaginal speculum, small -1pc
Grave’s vaginal speculum, medium -1pc
Vaginal speculum, approx. 80x 8mm blade - 1pc
Maier’s sponge holding forceps, approx. 240mm L - 1pc
Instrument case approx. 320 x 165 x 65mm Aluminum - 1pc
Meet ISO 9001 or other equivalent international standard
All items made of stainless steel, and autoclavanle
Examination instruments, prenatal
Composition and Specification:
Sphygmomanometer : see Item 78 (sphygmomanometer with cuff for adult)
Scale, meter
Obstetric stethoscope : for fetal heart sound, aluminum or wood, plastic, length
approx. 150 mm
Normal stethoscope see Item 38 (Binaural stethoscope for adult)
Meet ISO 9001 or other equivalent international standard
All items made of stainless steel, and autoclavanle
Instrument for minor surgical
Composition and Specification:
Scalpel handle No3 -1pc
Blade No15 sterile package of 100- 1pkt
Kidney-bowl ,approx. 250x140x40 mm - 1pc
Round bowl, approx 0.16 liters -1 pc
Crile retractor , double-Ended, approx. 12x4mm /20x6mm, 110 mm - 2 pcs
OP, scissors, curved , blunt /sharp,approx.155 mm - 1 pc
Mayo dissecting scissors, curved approx.190 mm - 1pc
Mayo dissecting scissors, curved approx.170 mm - 1pc
Tissue forceps 2x3 teeth , slend, patt, approx.160 mm -1pc
Dissecting forceps , slend patt , approx.160 mm- 1pc
Baby cricle artery forceps, curved, approx.140 mm -2 pcs
Hegar-mayo needle holder,approx.160 mm - 1 pc

Needle suture circle cutting edge spring eye No18 /to No45 package of 8 pieces - 10 pkt
Grooved director with probe point , approx.13cm long -1pc
Container for instrument approx. 300x 140x70 mm -1 pc
Meet ISO 9001 or other equivalent international standard
All items made of stainless steel, and autoclavanle
Major surgical instrument set
I. Composition and Specification:
Aluminum container approx. 580x280x135 mm 1 pc
Perforated instrument basket with handle approx. 485x255x50 mm-1pcs
Identification labels (red) -2pcs
Fixation clamps for securing sterile covering drapes- 4pcs
Cloth for lining deep containers- 1pcs
Kidney tray, stainless steel approx.250x 140x 40 mm- 1pcs
Bachkaus towel clamps, box joint, stainless steel, length approx.110 mm -12pcs
Foerster sponge holding forceps , serrated jaw , box joint stainless steel, length
approx.250 mm - 6pcs
Tissue forceps, 1x2 teeth, stainless steel, length approx.145 mm - 2pcs
Dissecting forceps serrated jaws stainless steel, length approx.145 mm -2pcs
Dissecting forceps serrated jaws stainless steel, length approx.200 mm -1pcs
Tissue forceps, 1x2 teeth , stainless steel length approx.200 mm -1pcs
Scalpel blade handle , stainless steel , size 4 - 1pcs
Scalpel blade handle , stainless steel , size 3 - 1pcs
Operating knife blade steel No14 package of 100 - 1Pkt
Operating knife blade steel No11 package of 100 - 1pkt
Operating knife blade steel No23 package of 100 - 1pkt
Operating knife blade steel No25 package of 100 - 1pkt
Mayo dissecting scissors, curved, stainless steel , length approx.170 mm - 1pc
Mayo surgical scissors , straight, stainless steel approx.140 mm - 1pc
Metzenbaum, dissecting scissors , curved , stainless steel approx.180 mm - 1pc
Metzenbaum, dissecting scissors , curved approx.200 mm - 1pc
Operating scissors, straight, blunt/sharp, approx.145 mm -1pc
Cricle artery forceps , curved on flat serrated jaws, box joint, stainless steel
approx.140 mm 8pcs
Rochester-pean artery forceps, straight , serrated jaws, stainless steel approx.185
mm, 10pcs
Spencer wells artery forceps , straight serrated jaws stainless steel approx.175
mm -6pcs
Halstead mosquito forceps, straight , approx.125 mm - 12pcs
Halstead mosquito forceps curved, approx.125 mm -12pcs
Allis intestinal forceps 5x6 teeth approx.155 mm - 6pcs
Duval Collin intestinal grasping forceps stainless steel approx.200 mm -2pcs
Allis- thoms tissue grasping forceps 6x7 teeth, box joint stainless steel approx.200
mm - 2pcs
Bainbridge intestinal forceps , straight approx.155 mm - 2pcs
Bainbridge intestinal clamp , small pattern approx.180mm - 1pc
Hegar-mayo needle holder, stainless steel approx.160 mm - 1pc
Hegar-mayo needle holder, stainless steel approx.180 mm - 2pcs
Hegar-mayo needle holder, stainless steel approx.200 mm - 2pcs
Blood vessel suture needle 3/8 circle, curved taper point sprint eye package of 3 -
10pkt
Blood vessel suture needle 1/2 circle, curved taper point sprint eye package of 3 -
10pkt
Intestinal suture needle 3/8 circle , curved taper point sprint eye package of 5 -
10pkt
Intestinal suture needle ½ circle , curved taper point sprint eye package of 5 -10pkt
Gynecological suture needle 7/10 circle , curved taper point sprint eye package of
8 - 10pkt
Martin uterine suture needle 1/2 circle , curved taper point sprint eye package of 3 -
10pkt
Denis brown intestinal forceps approx.190 mm -1pc
Babcock intestinal forceps tissue grasping forceps approx.190mm - 2pcs
Lister dressing forceps approx.175 mm -1pc
Lahey gall duct forceps , curved approx.200 mm - 2pcs
Macdonald dissector approx.185 mm - 1pc
Probe with eye, approx.145 mm - 1pc
Abdominal intestinal malleable spatula width of approx.50 mms/steel , 330mm -1pc
Richardson retractor , blade of approx.52x22 mm, stainless steel approx.240mm -
2pcs
Kocher langenbeck retractor blade of 40x11 mm fenestrated handle , stainless
steel , approx.215 mm - 2pcs
Farabeuf retractor, double ended , set of 2, stainless steel, fig 1+2, approx.120mm
-1pc
Volkmann retractor, blunt prongs 8x29mm, approx. 220 mm long -2 pcs
Balfour abdominal retractor , stainless steel - 1pc
Pean kidney clamps, curved approx.200 mm - 1pc
Randall kidney stone forceps , approx.220mm 1pcs
Yankauer suction tube , with central bore of 2.0mm diameter stainless steel ,
approx.270mm - 1pc
Flat nose pliers , marburg patt , serrated jaw 1pcsUniversal pin pliers, standard
pattern -1pc
Luer bone rongeur , curved, approx.155mm -1pc
Volkmann curette sharp double end approx.130mm -1pc
Bergmann Mallet of metal approx.245mm, 300g, approx.30mm diameter, stainless
steel -1pc
Liston bone cutting forceps , straight , approx.140mm, -1pc
Instrument set for take out of gall stone: 1 set, include:
01 gall forceps Blake straight, approx.200mm
01 gall duct probe, Ochsner, approx.350mm
01 gall stone scoop, Luer-koerte, fig.0
Bone saw, Charriere amputation handle type, -1pc
Lexer flat chisel, curved, approx.16mm wide approx.265mm, long - 1pc
Mayo safety pins for holding ring handle instruments stainless steel
,approx.140mm - 3pcs
Suction hose, silicon , inside diameter 7.0mm, approx. 1m long - 3pcs
II. Other conditions:
Meet ISO 9001 or other equivalent international standard
All items are made of stainless steel and contained in a steel box.
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Co
individual parameters of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offere
supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manuf
literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independen
statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evidence presented will
liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found
evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the Bidder o

Procuring Entity’s Specification

Cylinder, oxygen, 40L (with regulator and flow meter) on trolley with accessories
Country of Or
Manufactu
Mo
Cylinder
Volume: 50L
Rechargeable, Seamless, Made of chromium- molybdenum steel
Cylinder neck fitted with side nozzle, bull nose value for connecting oxygen regulator.
Valve with hand wheel for safety opening / closing.
One-staged reducing unit for oxygen to reduce and monitor Pressure of one-sided cylinder bank.
Normal flow rate: 20 Nm3/ h
Inlet pressure: 200 bar
Outlet pressure: 8 bar
Nominal pressure: 200 bar
Filter pores: 50ppm
For connection between gas cylinder and collecting pipe. non return valve Cylinder connection: G ¾ box nut
High pressure manometer to indicate pressure level in the cylinder
Oxygen flow meter tube calibrated from 0. 15 liters per minute, with tube nipple outlet.
Humidifier, bubble through type, water capacity 300 ml. couples directly to flow meter.
Trolley:
For transportation oxygen cylinder.
Stainless steel construction.
Powder with two antistatic rubber wheels with pushing handle and safety fasteners to secure cylinder

Oxygen regulator With Flow Meter and Humidifier


Flow meter regulator type: bull nose
Calibrated for Oxygen gas.
Back pressure compensated.
Polycarbonate tubes, chrome-plated brass body.
200 Bar, 0 - 15 LPM flow range.
2" Pressure gauge
Supply Pressure: 500 to 2200 psi
Outlet Pressure: High flow outlets: 40 to 50 psi at 500 to 2200 psi inlet pressure
Flow Capacity: High flow outlets: 125 LPM minimum single or combined flow with 500 psi inlet pressure Constant f
outlet selections: 0-15 lpm: 0, .5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 15 0-25 lpm: 0, .5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 25
Filter: 25 micron sintered bronze Safety Relief Pressure: 50-125 psi
Operating Temperature: 8° C to 40° C Storage Temperature: 0°C to 45° C
Materials: Body - nickel-plated brass; knob - anodized aluminum; outlets - nickel-plated brass; internal parts - brass,
stainless steel, Viton® , silicon, and Teflon®
Certificates:
FMHACA product registration certificate
Supplier shall visit Zewditu hospitals to confirm their products are compatible with the existing cylinder system. They
shall attach separate reference letter for compliance written from hospital.
Packaging of all goods must be clearly marked and securely packed.
Each Device will be further packed in separate package with all its standard accessories of distinct identification and
numbers consecutively.
Not Comply” against each of the
offered. Statements of “Comply” must be
manufacturer’s un-amended sales
pendent test data etc., as appropriate. A
ed will render the Bid under evaluation
found to be false either during Bid
dder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Bidder’s
Statement of
Specification as
Compliance
Technical Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Co
of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Com
Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literatu
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not su
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in
supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the C
the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Procuring Entity’s Specification

Phototherapy
Clinical Purpose/Description:
Phototherapy units are used to treat hyperbilirubinemia, a condition characterized by high
bilirubin concentrations in the blood.
Technical Specification:
LED to provide, after filtering, light of wavelength approximately 420 to 480 nm.
Irradiance to be user variable in the range at least of 4 to 40 μW/cm2/nm.
Hour meter showing total exposure time for current patient to be clearly visible by operator.
Ultraviolet levels shall not exceed a maximum irradiance of 1,000 μW/cm2 for ultraviolet A
radiation (315 to 400 nm) or a maximum effective radiance of 0.1 μW/cm2 for ultraviolet B
radiation (280 to 315 nm).
Near-infrared (780 to 1,400 nm) radiation shall be filtered.
Over temperature safety cut out to be included.
Counter for lamp working hours and built-in timer for dose monitoring.
Lamp replacement interval not less than 2000 hours.
Light emission peak spectrum inside the range 400 - 500 nm.
Unit to provide shielding of infant in the event of bulb breakage
Bulb mount to have angle adjustment of at least 30 degrees
Lamp arm adjustable height.
Stainless steel stand and lamp arm
All surfaces to be made of corrosion resistant materials
Mobile unit with at least 4 castor anti-static wheels and at least two brakes.
System Configuration Accessories, Spares
1x spare Complete set of replacement light
100x eyes protections masks of at least two different infant large & Small sizes.
All standard accessories, consumables and parts required to operate the equipment, including all
standard tools and cleaning and lubrication materials including items not specified above
All the instrument/supply/device should be medical grade
Operating Environment;
Operating Temperature: +10ᵒC to +40ᵒC
Relative Humidity: <85%
Utility Requirements:
Power Supply: 220VAC ±10%, Frequency: 50Hz
Standards and Safety Requirements:
Patient safety should not be compromised.
ISO 14971Medical devices -- Application of risk management to medical devices
Shall meet IEC-60601(Or Equivalent ) General Requirements of electrical Safety
Shall meet ISO 13485 Medical Device Quality Management system (Or Equivalent)
Installation/Training/Commissioning:
The supplier must provide Installation, technical and end user training on site.
Regular preventive servicing of the machines should be performed by qualified engineers or
technicians.
Records of routine servicing should be maintained by the supplier.
Warranty and After Sale service:
The supplier must provide minimum of two years warranty including labour and spare part from
the date of commissioning.
Documentation:
User and Technical manual
Packaging and Labeling;
Packing of all the goods clearly marked and securely packed.
Each goods will be further packed in separate package with all its standard accessories of distinct
identification and numbers consecutively.
Additional packing and labeling requirements should bear in each package
Each item with all accessories /spare part shall be configured and packed in one unit.
d either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters
nt offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders
er’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
iate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
ejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the
ation or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render

Bidder’s Specification as Technical


Statement of Compliance
Offer
referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, uncondition
the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence o
evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders stateme
Procuring Entity’s Specification

Refrigerator, Medicine
Clinical Purpose/Description:
Medicine Refrigerator is an Upright refrigerator for storage and conservation of Medications.
Technical Specification:
Type: Compression type, freezer with CFC free refrigerant gas
Fan-cooled for even distribution of air in the cabinet
Control system: Microprocessor
Temperature Adjustment Range: 2 to 8 deg C
Accuracy, whatever the load: +/- 1 deg C
Capacity: not less than 250L
Hold over time: >30 min
Temperature monitoring: Digital temperature LED/LCD display with 0.1°C graduation
Battery back-up for audio and visual alarm system, and temperature recording for 24 hr
Shall have visual and audio signals when the lower and upper temperature
Shall have alarm for low voltage and /or electricity cut off problems occurs.
Internal surface structure: Stainless steel
External surface structure: corrosion resistant structure
Door: high density polyurethane filling insulation
System Configuration Accessories, Spares, Consumables and other components:
All standard accessories, consumables and parts required to operate the equipment should be supplied.
Utility Requirements:
Electrical Power Supply: 220VAC +10%, 50HZ
Standards and Safety Requirements:
Shall meet IEC-60601(Or Equivalent ) General Requirements of electrical safety
Shall meet ISO 13485 Medical Device Quality Management system
Documentation:
User and service manual in English
s literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by
supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the
r in the Bidders statement
Bidder’s of compliance
Specification or the supporting evidence that is found
as Technical
Statement of Compliance
Offer
Defibrillator
Clinical Purpose/Description:
Device that provides a high energy electric shock to the heart of someone who is in cardiac arrest to
restore normal rhythm and contractile function in patients.
Technical Specification
High-resolution color LCD display not less than 5.8 inches for showing 12 lead ECG, pulse, selected
energy and delivered energy charge, mains, battery charge, and LED indicator.
Defibrillator with ECG.
DC defibrillator for short time depolarization, impulse energy adjustable for extra- and intracranial
defibrillation with 2 electrodes (anterior/ posterior).
Defibrillator with pediatric and adult paddles and cardioverter.
The machine should be compact, portable with built in rechargeable battery & light weight.
Operation Modes: synchrony defibrillation and extrathoracical stimulation.
Defibrillator with pediatric and adult paddles minimum of 4.5cm and 8cm respectively.
The instruments with a bi-phasic wave form Defibrillation.
Monitor vital parameters and display them (ECG, SpO2, NIBP, and temperature).
Able to print the ECG on thermal recorders.
Output energy ranges across 50Ω: 2J-200 J.
Able to work on manual and automated external defibrillation (AED ).
Manual mode_ Charging time should be less than 5 sec to maximum energy, 200J. (When AC power is
used OR new full charged battery at 20 degrees).
AED mode: Charging time should be from 8-15 sec to maximum energy, 200 J. (When AC power is
used OR new full charged battery at 20 degrees).
Should have rechargeable battery (Lithium-ion battery) that is capable of monitoring for minimum of 180
minutes.
Thermal array ECG Recorder for Lead selection, II, III aVR, aVL, V, aVF, paddles.
Heart frequency monitoring with alarms for exceeding or falling below set limits.
A low energy biphasic defibrillator monitors with recorder, having capability to arrest all arrhythmia
within a maximum energy of 200 Joules.

Monitor ECG through paddles, pads and monitoring electrodes and defibrillate through pads and paddles.
Should have automatic lead switching to see patient ECG through paddles or leads.
Able to measure and compensate for chest impedance for a range of 25 to 150 ohms.
The machine should have inbuilt auto & manual thermal recorder for printing ECG trace & stored
information.
Charge indicator: audible and graphic.
Facility for self-test/check before usage.
The machine should have AED feature as inbuilt with manual override for manual operations.
SPO2 and NIBP integrated facility.
System Configuration Accessories, Spares, Consumables and other components:
Paddles Adult (pair)-01
Paddles pediatrics (pair)-01
Patient cable-02
Compatible thermal paper for printer - 10 roll
Compatible Gel - 300mL
Disposable pads – 20
NIBP Cuff Adult – 02
NIBP Cuff Pediatrics- 02
NIBP Cuff Infants- 02
SPO2 Finger Probe - pediatric 01
SPO2 probe Adult -01
Ear Probe – 02
Complete set of ECG Leads – 02
Carrying case-01
All standard accessories, consumables and parts required to operate the equipment, including all standard
tools and cleaning and lubrication materials including items not specified above
Operating Environment;
Operating Temperature: +10 °C to + 32°C
Relative humidity: < 85%
Utility Requirements:
Electrical Power Supply: 220VAC +10%,50hz
Standards and Safety Requirements:
Shall meet ISO 13485 Medical Device Quality Management system (Or Equivalent)
ISO 14971: Medical devices -- Application of risk management to medical devices
IEC 60601-2-4: Medical electrical equipment - Part 2-4: Particular requirements for the basic safety and
essential performance of cardiac defibrillators
Installation, Training and Commissioning:
The supplier must provide commissioning of the device at health facility.
The supplier must provide onsite technical and end user training.
Warranty and After Sale service:
The supplier must provide minimum of two years warranty including labor and spare part from the date
of commissioning.
After basic warranty the supplier must agree for aftersales service.
Documentation:
User and service manual in English
Packaging and Labeling;
Packing of all the goods clearly marked and securely packed.
Each good will be further packed in separate package with all its standard accessories of distinct
identification and numbers consecutively.
Additional packing and labeling requirements should bear in each package
Each item with all accessories /spare parts shall be configured and packed in one unit.
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Co
of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Com
Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literatu
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not su
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in
supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the C
the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Procuring Entity’s Specification

ELECTROLYTE ANALYSER
Principle:Direct measurement by Ion Selective Electrode (ISE)
Sample volume:100~150µL
Resolution 0.1 mmol/L
Parameter Reported: Na, K, Cl
Measuring Range: Na: 1–300 mmol/L, K: 0.4–120 mmol/L, Cl: 1-300 mmol/L
Sample Type: Whole Blood, Serum, Plasma, Urine
Analysis Time: Upto 60 sec.
Data storage: up to 200 patient result
Input:Touch-screen
Type: Table Top
Output: Internal thermal recorder, RS-232 serial port
Cost & Benefits: Cost per test for 1000 tests per month should be mentioned and it should be
frozen for 5 Years.
Electrodes should be separate for Na, K & Cl and should be maintenance free.
Sample Volume: Upto 100 µL
It should have a RS-232 serial port for computer connectivity.
It should have automatic calibration as well as user controlled manual calibration option.
Stand-by mode should be user controlled as well as automatic.
Should be supplied with offline pure sine-wave UPS which will provide minimum 1 hour
backup.
Power Supply: AC: 220V ± 10V, 50 Hz.
Equipment should be CE marked / USFDA approved/ EFDA
Should be provided with minimum 2 years warranty that covers all the spare parts as well as
electrodes and tubings. The necessary PM kits within the warranty period should also be provided
by the bidder.
All the reagents for first 6 months should be provided along with the equipment taking into
consideration 1000 tests per month. (edited by facility)
d either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters
nt offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders
er’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
iate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
ejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the
ation or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render

Bidder’s Specification as Technical


Statement of Compliance
Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Co
stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be support
Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specificatio
data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by
rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be fals
Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Procuring Entity’s Specification

Hormone Analyzer, Fully Automated


Fully automated, sample selective analyzer for heterogeneous immunoassays, continuous loading, self contained Max
throughput 88 results/hr Serum, Plasma
Load/unload capacity: 30 samples (Disk version) or 75 samples on 15 racks on one tray
Rack: 5 positions, RD standard
Tray: 15 racks/75 samples
processed with priority
Primary tubes: 5 to 10ml; 16x100, 16x75, 13x100, 13x75mm
Sample cup: 2.5ml Cup on tube:
Cup on tube: Cup on top o a 16x75/100mm 5 to 50µl
Ready to use Rack Packs with 2-D barcode temperature controlled reagent compartment
(20°C) onboard capacity max. 15 tests 180 disposable cups
360 disposable tips (Assay Tip), liquid level and clot detection, sample and test specific dilution
Colored touch-screen monitor, customized keyboard and computer
RS 232 serial interface, bi-directional, query and batch mode
Running cost details important and all start up kits neede for operation and calibration
Running cost details important and all start up kits neede for operation and calibration
Operating Environment
The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 -40deg C and relative humidity of 1
90%
The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 -50deg C and relative humidity of
90%

Power supply: 220 – 240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with appropriate plug. The power cable must be at least 3 metre in length
Suitable UPS with maintenance free batteries for minimum 30 min. back-up shall be supplied with the system.
Standards and Safety Requirements
Must submit ISO13485:2003/AC:2007 for Medical Devices AND
Should be FDA/CE/BIS approved product.
Shall meet internationally recognised for Electromagnetic Compatibility(EMC) for electromedical equipment: 61326-
Certified to be compliant with IEC 61010-1, IEC 61010-2-281, 61010-2- 101 for safety.
User Training
Must provide user training (including how to use and maintain the equipment )
Warranty
Comprehensive warranty for 2 years from acceptance
Maintenance Service During Warranty Period
During the warranty period supplier must ensure planned preventive maintenance (PPM) and corrective/breakdown
maintenance whenever required.
Installation and Commissioning
The bidder must arrange for the equipment to be installed and commissioned by certified or qualified personnel; any
prerequisites for installation to be communicated to the purchaser in advance, in detail.
Documentation
User (Operating) manual in English Should provide 2 sets (hardcopy and soft-copy)
Service (Technical / Maintenance) manual in English Should provide 2 sets (hardcopy and soft-copy)
List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing.
Certificate of calibration and inspection from factory
Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of each Specification
upported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence.
fication and compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test
cted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for
be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the

Bidder’s Specification as Technical


Statement of Compliance
Offer
OFFER
(COMP
Requirements
LY/
NOT)
1. Table – Operating, Electro hydraulic
Clinical Purpose/Description:
Operating room table, is the table on which the patient lies during a surgical operation
Technical Specification:
Five section table, electro-hydraulic table
Should be adjustable to all essential positions.
Frame and bottom made of 304 grade Stainless Steel material
Height should be adjustable by oil pump, foot step control.
Detachable head rest which can be easily adjustable to any desired position, above or below the
table top.
Table top can be rotated 360° through base. Durable and leak-proof hydraulic pump.
Kidney-position should be achievable by breaking the table.
Should have handset for position selection by in-built stand-by control.
Table-top should be radio-translucent
Can be controlled with and without Remote controlled with battery and battery indicator, electro-
hydraulic operated
Facility to remove or interchange head and leg sections
Antistatic and liquid-tight mattresses with shock absorbing foam

Table made of corrosion resistant and disinfectant- proof stainless steel and Traction facility

High density memory foam, 1-piece mattress, with cut- outs to fit the mattress frame at all
positions with mattress size of 60mm
Powered height adjustment from 0.6m to 1.2m
Powered Trendelenburg adjustment: -30 deg up to +45 deg
Lower Back: +100°/-30° and Upper Back: +80°/-30
Lateral tilt (left/right): ±30 deg
Adjustment of backrest: -25 to +70
Adjustment to flex/reflex position
Adjustment leg section: +70° / -90°
Table dimension: (l x w x h) 970mm x 500mm x 2000mm
Support at least: 250 Kg
Leg Sections (UP/Down): +25°/-90° and Head Sections (Up/Down): ±40°
System Configuration Accessories, Spares, Consumables and other components:
1x Screen frame
2 x I.V. stands
Shoulder support (pair): Lateral support (pair)
2x Arm table
6x Clamps
1x Jelly mattress for each part to prevent nerve distort all over the body
1x Restraint strap
Orthopedic Surgery's accessories: Orthopedic extension, raised arm tabled / Adjustable arm
support
ENT accessories: Head rest
Gynecology Surgery's accessories: Knee crunches (Pair) Rotary clamps (2 pcs)
Neuro Surgery's accessories: Mayfield and head rest

All standard accessories, consumables and parts required to operate the equipment, including all
standard tools and cleaning and lubrication materials including items not specified above.

Operating Environment;
Operating Temperature: +10 °C to + 40°C
Relative humidity: < 85%
Utility Requirements:
Electrical Power Supply: 220VAC +10%
Standards and Safety Requirements:
Shall meet IEC-60601(Or Equivalent) General Requirements of Safety for Electromagnetic
Compatibility
Shall meet ISO 13485 Medical Device Quality Management system (Or Equivalent)
EFDA product registration certificate
Installation, Training and Commissioning:
The supplier must provide installation, and commissioning of the device at health Facility
The supplier must provide on sight technical and end user training
Warranty and After Sale service:
The supplier must be providing minimum of two years warranty including labor and spare part
from the date of commissioning.
After basic warranty the supplier must agree for after sales service
Documentation:
User and service manual in English
Packaging and Labeling;
Packing of all the goods clearly marked and securely packed.
Each good will be further packed in separate package with all its standard accessories of distinct
identification and numbers consecutively.
Additional packing and labeling requirements should bear in each package
Each item with all accessories /spare part shall be configured and packed in one unit.
DEVIA
TION IF
ANY
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Co
Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” mu
referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, uncondition
manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is
presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of com
either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and r

Procuring Entity’s Specification

Fetal Doppler U/S


TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
Ultrasound Frequency: 2 MHz continuous wave
Transducer: 2 crystal narrow beam
Output power: <10mW/mm2
Audio Response 300Hz - 1 KHz
Auto-correlator
FHR (Fetal heart rate): 50-210 bpm
Resolution ± 1 bpm, accuracy ± 2 bpm
Unit Controls Keys: 1 Key (for unit on/off)
Controls: rotary volume
Indicators: 3 digit FHR LCD display, FHR pulse icon, Battery low icon
Power supply Battery 9 V Alkaline Manganese
Expected battery life: 8 hours
Output Headset: Audio output to optional headset
Serial: RS232 interface (codes 29503, 29505)-jack 35 mm
Material: ABS / Noryl
Size: Approx. 170 mm by 80 mm
Weight: Approx. 300g (with transducer)
Classification: Class I Type B - IEC 60601-I 0120
Warranty: 2 years (probe and cable included)
STANDARDS
Ethiopian FDA registration certificate (updated)
ISO Certificate
CE Mark and USFDA Approved
r “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of each
ements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-
s literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by the
ported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evidence
dders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false
ded as fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Bidder’s Specification as Technical


Statement of Compliance
Offer
referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, uncondition
manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is
Procuring Entity’s Specification

Room heater (Electric convection )


Built-in carry handle
Voltage: 220/50Hz
heater:
ceramic type
3X400W
1200 watts of comforting warmth
3 heat setting
High heat (3 heater on)
optimum heat (2 heater on)
Fan only (1 heater on)
Built-in safety features, including overheat protection and cool-touch exterior
Fully assembled
Warranty: 3-year limited
Controls: Manual controls
Thermostat: Adjustable thermostat
Regulatory approval certificate from appropriate authority.
s literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by the
ported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evidence
Bidder’s Specification as Technical
Statement of Compliance
Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Co
Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” mu
referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, uncondition
manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is
presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of com
either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and r

Procuring Entity’s Specification


Item: Steam Sterilizer, 24L, Automatic
Country of origin:
Manufacturer:
Model:
General description:
Steam Sterilizer used in the destruction of all forms of microbial life on medical instrument sand textiles by
exposing the object to moist heat between 121°c-134°c under high pressure.
Technical Specification:
Preset temperatures at 134°C and 121°C. 134°C cycles for sterilization of solid and ferrous materials. 121°C
cycles for sterilization of thermoplastic and delicate materials.
Fully automatic cycles
Equipped with an internal tank for pure water and another for used water.
Table Top Horizontal
Volume: 24Liter net volume
Fitted with load indicator and safety thermostat take over indicator lamp. LED Indicator
Two Shelves with Tray
High Grade strong stainless steel 316, Triple walled construction.
Positive radial self-locking safety doors.
Hydrostatically tested to withstand 2.5 times the working pressure.
Internal data archiving with 1000 cycle capacity
Air ballast system for fast and safe processing of fluids
Control System: Microcontroller Based
The safety valve will be open automatically when the inner pressure over and the steam be exhausting to the
water tank.
The door opening mechanism cannot be operated until the pressure in the chamber has reached atmospheric
pressure.
A complete record of every cycle is produced on the built-in thermal printer.
316 stainless steel pressure vessels
A safety micro switch is fitted to the door which will only allow the cycle to start if the door is properly closed
and locked.
Sealed with Silicon long-lasting and durable gasket.
Digital display for Jacket and Chamber pressure and temperature.
Outer jacket of stainless steel 316 to prevent heat loss.
Mounted on tubular stainless steel 316 frames with ground leveling flanges.
Integral drip tray
Heat Dissipation: maintain nominal Temp and the heat disbursed through a cooling mechanism
Input voltage-220VAC, 50H
Pressure gauge 0-2.1Kgf/cm²
Operating pressure from: 10-20 psi
Sterilizing pressure: 1.2Kgf/cm (15 psi) at 121˚C
Pressure control switch
Low water level cut-off device
Vacuum breaker
Integrated steam generator
Rapid water re-cooling
Vacuum pump
Air removal HEPA filter
Timer w/ alarm system
Digital temperature indicator
Printer & Digital chart recorder
Stainless Steel flush mounting
Accessories:
3x Readymade Spare Gaskets
3x set of Spare Heater
Sterilization indicator
Indicator color must not fade when it is exposed to light
Distinctive color change - from yellow to black
Dual strip can be divided into two for economy of use
1x 30pcs/box, Dimension 150×90×200mm
lead free steam indicator tape
Shelf life: 5 years.
Accessories/Consumables/Spare parts/Another component:
With all standard and complete accessories
Training /Installation/Commissioning
The Bidder must provide installation and commissioning free of charge
Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be provided.
Training of biomedical in operation and advanced maintenance (Servicing) shall be provided.
Warranty/ after sales service:
The bidder must provide Two-year warranty including Servicing (both labour and Spare parts cost starting from
the date of commissioning)
Documentation:
User and Service manuals, Certificate of calibration supplied with in English language.
EFMHACA and FDA/CE/ISO13485 and IEC 60601 product certificate
List of spare part, consumables (if any) with their part No and costing for Five year must be submitted along
with the quotation.
Certificate of calibration and inspection.
Operation Environment
Temperature: 10°C to 40°C (50F to 86F)
Humidity: 15% to 80%
Packaging and Labelling
Packaging of all goods must be clearly marked and securely packed. Each device will be further packed in
separate package with all its standard accessories of distinct identification and numbers consecutively.
Additional Packing and Labelling requirement should bear in each package
r “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of each
ements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-
s literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by the
ported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evidence
dders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false
ded as fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Bidder’s Specification as Technical


Statement of Compliance
Offer
Instructions:Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not
parameters of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Stat
evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s u
statements of specification and compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as app
evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluatio
Bidders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation,
Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution

Procuring Entity’s Specification


Examination light
Country of origin:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Clinical application: Provides light to illuminate the site of examination and/or treatment of the patient
Level of use: District hospital, provincial hospital, specialized hospital, general hospital
Overview of functional requirements: Clear and cool light to operating area, with minimal shadows, and
distortion of color and mounted on mobile base. Single head must be easily moved by operator to direct light
to required area.
Detailed requirements:
A star base with at least four anti-static castors wheels
Height adjustable stand or articulated (or flexible) arm with step-less vertical displacement.
At least radial and angular movements of the lamp.
LED light source.
Maximum intensity not less than 20,000 lux / 1 m (+/-10%).
Illumination control.
Cooler Temperature not less than 3200 °K.
Lifetime of LED light is provided not less than 20,000 hours.
Integrated ON/OFF switch button.
Components
Mobile base, single head, and halogen or LED light.
Electrical, water and/or gas supply:
Electrical source requirements: Voltage: 220V.
Spare parts:
Two sets of spare fuses (if replaceable fuses used).
Ten sets of replacement bulbs (if incandescent).
Requirements for commissioning:
Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks before handover.
Local clinical staff to affirm completion of installation.
Training of user/s: Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be provided.
Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented.
Unit layout to enable easy cleaning and sterilization of all surfaces
Warranty: 2 years warranty
Maintenance tasks: Preventive/periodic maintenance requirements to be listed.
Documentation requirements:
User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English language.
Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine maintenance.
List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers and cost.
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided.
Regulatory Approval / Certification:
Certificate from FMHACA for product registration, CE mark (EU)
The acceptance tests at the final destination include the following:
Demonstration of the performance of the instrument.
Validation of the instrument with respect to accuracy and performance and documentation.
Training completion.
Warranty: 2 years comprehensive warranty by separate letter
Any other items required to make it a complete system to be quoted and provided by supplier.
mply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual
t offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by
anufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional
ata etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by
nder evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the
id evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the

Bidder’s Specification as Statement of


Technical Offer Compliance
ADDIS ABABA CITY ADMINISTRATION HEALTH BUREAU
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT

Instructions:Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of
the individual parameters of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of
“Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of
manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples,
independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the
evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the
supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contract may be
regarded as fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecutio.

Statement of
Procuring Entity’s Specification Bidder’s Specification as Technical Offer Compliance
MODEL: BS-240 Comply

MANUFACTURER: Shenzhen Mindray Bio-Medical Electronics Co., Ltd. Comply

COUNTRY OF ORIGN: China Comply

1. Analyzer - Clinical Chemistry, fully automated 1. Analyzer - Clinical Chemistry, fully automated Comply

Clinical Purpose/Description: Chemistry Analyzer is required for Clinical Purpose/Description: Chemistry Analyzer is required
the detection and quantification of blood chemistry and other body for the detection and quantification of blood chemistry and Comply
fluids other body fluids
Technical Specification: Technical Specification: Comply
For analysis of serum, plasma, urine, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), For analysis of serum, plasma, urine, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF),
Comply
hemolysate and/or whole blood and other hemolysate and/or whole blood and other
A discrete patient prioritized automated random access clinical
A discrete patient prioritized automated random access clinical
chemistry analyzer, for chemistries, immunoglobulins, drug Comply
chemistry analyzer, for chemistries, immunoglobulins, drug assay.
assay.
Independent calibration of photometer and electrolyte analysis and Independent calibration of photometer and electrolyte
Comply
open reagent system analysis and open reagent system
Wavelength range: 340 – 800nm Wavelength range: 340 – 800nm Comply
Through put: 100 test/hour with ISE module Through put: 100 test/hour with ISE module Comply
Reagent/sample tray: Not less than 40 reagent position, 80
Reagent/sample tray: Not less than 40 reagent position, 80 sample po Comply
sample position
Reagent volume: 20 -350ul Reagent volume: 20 -350ul Comply
Error Check: Automatic flagging for errors Error Check: Automatic flagging for errors Comply
Auto dilution Capability: For high value samples Auto dilution Capability: For high value samples Comply
Repeat Run Capability: Capable to check the results by repeat run Repeat Run Capability: Capable to check the results by repeat
Comply
on desired samples run on desired samples
Sample clot and Probe crash detection Capability: For excluding Sample clot and Probe crash detection Capability: For
Comply
erroneous analysis excluding erroneous analysis
Self-diagnosis and troubleshooting: For minor day-to-day Self-diagnosis and troubleshooting: For minor day-to-day
Comply
problems problems
Calibration modes: Linear, Non-Linear and Multipoint Calibration modes: Linear, Non-Linear and Multipoint Comply
Reagent storage facility: Onboard refrigeration for not less than 40 Reagent storage facility: Onboard refrigeration for not less than
Comply
reagent bottles 40 reagent bottles
STAT mode STAT mode Comply
LAN interface facility: Online data transmission facility through LAN interface facility: Online data transmission facility through
Comply
LAN LAN

Cuvette washing system: Inbuilt with automatic cuvette washing Cuvette washing system: Inbuilt with automatic cuvette
Comply
facility and/or disposal system for one time use. washing facility and/or disposal system for one time use.
OPTICAL SYSTEM: OPTICAL SYSTEM: Comply
Light Source: Halogen/ Xenon Lamp. Light Source: Halogen/ Xenon Lamp. Comply
Wave Length Range: 340 – 800 nm with polychromatic
Wave Length Range: 340 – 800 nm with polychromatic correction Comply
correction
The Operational Requirements: should be with programmable The Operational Requirements: should be with programmable
Comply
memory - memory -
The Processing mode: - patient by patient, Test by test and The Processing mode: - patient by patient, Test by test and
Comply
STATmode STATmode

Operating Mode: End point, Kinetic, initial rate, monochromatic, Operating Mode: End point, Kinetic, initial rate,
dichromatic, turbid metric, serum blank (differential), fixed time, monochromatic, dichromatic, turbid metric, serum blank Comply
optics and wavelength range (differential), fixed time, optics and wavelength range

System: open system-able to work with reagents and supplies from System: open system-able to work with reagents and supplies
Comply
other manufacturers from other manufacturers
Assay: End point, rate assay, fixed point assay Assay: End point, rate assay, fixed point assay Comply
Calibration: Linear, non-linear, with possibility of two and multi Calibration: Linear, non-linear, with possibility of two and multi
Comply
point point
calibration; multi point calibration for kinetic and fixed type calibration; multi point calibration for kinetic and fixed type
Comply
modes. modes.
Light Source: long life halogen or equivalent lamp. Light Source: long life halogen or equivalent lamp. Comply

122 OF 399 Chemistry HC (2)


ADDIS ABABA CITY ADMINISTRATION HEALTH BUREAU
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT

Resolution: 0.0001 Abs Resolution: 0.0001 Abs Comply


Temperature control: cuvette heating (electrical) in carousel and Temperature control: cuvette heating (electrical) in carousel
Comply
reading path: 37 0C and reading path: 37 0C
System Configuration Accessories, Spares, Consumables and System Configuration Accessories, Spares, Consumables
Comply
other components: and other components:
1- System as described by manufacturer 1- System as described by manufacturer Comply
2- Graphic printer- for printout of parameters, results,
2- Graphic printer- for printout of parameters, results, calibration
calibration curves, kinetic and statistics, facility to store data in
curves, kinetic and statistics, facility to store data in PC through Comply
connecting data cable and related software must be provided. PC through connecting data cable and related software must
be provided.
3- Desktop PC with compatible Operating system must be 3- Desktop PC with compatible Operating system must be
Comply
provided along (brand new) provided along (brand new)
4-Complete Start up kits consumables (reagents, kits,
4-Complete Start up kits consumables (reagents, kits, controls…),
controls…), accessories, and spares required for installation
accessories, and spares required for installation and standardization Comply
of the System to be provided free of charge. and standardization of the System to be provided free of
charge.
5- Reusable: cuvette block for 4 tests Each 5- Reusable: cuvette block for 4 tests Each Comply
UPS capable of holding uninterrupted power for at least 60
UPS capable of holding uninterrupted power for at least 60 Minute Comply
Minute
Reagent bottles Reagent bottles Comply
All standard accessories, consumables and parts required to
All standard accessories, consumables and parts required to
operate the equipment, including all standard tools and
operate the equipment, including all standard tools and cleaning Comply
and lubrication materials including items not specified above cleaning and lubrication materials including items not
specified above
Operating Environment; Operating Environment; Comply
Operating Temperature: +10 °C to + 30°C Operating Temperature: +10 °C to + 30°C Comply
Relative humidity: < 85% Relative humidity: < 85% Comply
Utility Requirements: Utility Requirements: Comply
Electrical Power Supply: 220VAC +10% Electrical Power Supply: 220VAC +10% Comply
Standards and Safety Requirements: Standards and Safety Requirements: Comply
Shall meet IEC-60601(Or Equivalent) General Requirements of Shall meet IEC-60601(Or Equivalent) General Requirements of
Comply
Safety for EMC Safety for EMC
Shall meet ISO 13485 Medical Device Quality Management Shall meet ISO 13485 Medical Device Quality Management
Comply
system (or Equivalent) system (or Equivalent)
Installation, Training and Commissioning: Installation, Training and Commissioning: Comply
The supplier must provide installation, and commissioning of the The supplier must provide installation, and commissioning of
Comply
device at health Facility the device at health Facility
The supplier must provide onsite technical and end user training we provide onsite technical and end user training (at least 5
Comply
(at least 5 days) days)
Warranty and After Sale service: Warranty and After Sale service: Comply

The supplier must provide minimum of Two years warranty we provide minimum of Two years warranty including labor
Comply
including labor and spare part from the date of commissioning. and spare part from the date of commissioning.

we agree after basic warranty the supplier must agree for after
After basic warranty the supplier must agree for after sales service Comply
sales service
Documentation: Documentation: Comply
User and service manual in English (2 hard copy) soft copy for User and service manual in English (2 hard copy) soft copy for
Comply
tender evaluation tender evaluation
Technical data sheet Technical data sheet Comply
Manufacturer catalogue Manufacturer catalogue Comply
Standard accessories and spare parts list (required for three
Standard accessories and spare parts list (required for three years) Comply
years)
Regulation Regulation Comply

EFDA registered product (Valid product registration certificate) EFDA registered product (Valid product registration certificate) Comply

Packaging and Labeling: Packaging and Labeling: Comply


Packing of all the goods clearly marked and securely packed. Packing of all the goods clearly marked and securely packed. Comply

Each good will be further packed in separate package with all its Each good will be further packed in separate package with all
standard accessories of distinct identification and numbers its standard accessories of distinct identification and numbers Comply
consecutively. consecutively.
Additional packing and labeling requirements should bear in each Additional packing and labeling requirements should bear in
Comply
package each package
Each item with all accessories /spare part configured and packed in Each item with all accessories /spare part configured and
Comply
one unit. packed in one unit.
Note: Any information not supported by manufacturer catalogue and technical datasheet results in disqualification from the bid.

Acceptance of the equipment is after successful completion of installation and commissioning by respective biomedical engineering department.

All technical proposals shall be in both hard copy and soft copy.

123 OF 399 Chemistry HC (2)


ADDIS ABABA CITY ADMINISTRATION HEALTH BUREAU
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT

Instructions:Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply”
against each of the individual parameters of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the
equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-referenced to that
evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of
specification and compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement
that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid
under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence
that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as
fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecutio.

Bidder’s Specification Statement of


Procuring Entity’s Specification as Technical Offer Compliance
MODEL:
MANUFACTURER:
COUNTRY OF ORIGN:
1. Analyzer - Clinical Chemistry, fully automated
Clinical Purpose/Description: Chemistry Analyzer is required for the detection and
quantification of blood chemistry and other body fluids
Technical Specification:
For analysis of serum, plasma, urine, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), hemolysate and/or whole
blood and other
A discrete patient prioritized automated random access clinical chemistry analyzer, for
chemistries, immunoglobulins, drug assay.

Independent calibration of photometer and electrolyte analysis and open reagent system

Wavelength range: 340 – 800nm


Through put: 100 test/hour with ISE module
Reagent/sample tray: Not less than 40 reagent position, 80 sample position
Reagent volume: 20 -350ul
Error Check: Automatic flagging for errors
Auto dilution Capability: For high value samples
Repeat Run Capability: Capable to check the results by repeat run on desired samples
Sample clot and Probe crash detection Capability: For excluding erroneous analysis
Self-diagnosis and troubleshooting: For minor day-to-day problems
Calibration modes: Linear, Non-Linear and Multipoint
Reagent storage facility: Onboard refrigeration for not less than 40 reagent bottles
STAT mode
LAN interface facility: Online data transmission facility through LAN
Cuvette washing system: Inbuilt with automatic cuvette washing facility and/or disposal
system for one time use.
OPTICAL SYSTEM:
Light Source: Halogen/ Xenon Lamp.
Wave Length Range: 340 – 800 nm with polychromatic correction
The Operational Requirements: should be with programmable memory -
The Processing mode: - patient by patient, Test by test and STATmode
Operating Mode: End point, Kinetic, initial rate, monochromatic, dichromatic, turbid metric,
serum blank (differential), fixed time, optics and wavelength range

System: open system-able to work with reagents and supplies from other manufacturers

Assay: End point, rate assay, fixed point assay


Calibration: Linear, non-linear, with possibility of two and multi point
calibration; multi point calibration for kinetic and fixed type modes.
Light Source: long life halogen or equivalent lamp.
Resolution: 0.0001 Abs
Temperature control: cuvette heating (electrical) in carousel and reading path: 37 0C
System Configuration Accessories, Spares, Consumables and other components:
1- System as described by manufacturer

124 OF 399 Chemistry HC


ADDIS ABABA CITY ADMINISTRATION HEALTH BUREAU
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT

2- Graphic printer- for printout of parameters, results, calibration curves, kinetic and
statistics, facility to store data in PC through connecting data cable and related software must
be provided.

3- Desktop PC with compatible Operating system must be provided along (brand new)

4-Complete Start up kits consumables (reagents, kits, controls…), accessories, and spares
required for installation and standardization of the System to be provided free of charge.

5- Reusable: cuvette block for 4 tests Each


UPS capable of holding uninterrupted power for at least 60 Minute
Reagent bottles

All standard accessories, consumables and parts required to operate the equipment, including
all standard tools and cleaning and lubrication materials including items not specified above

Operating Environment;
Operating Temperature: +10 °C to + 30°C
Relative humidity: < 85%
Utility Requirements:
Electrical Power Supply: 220VAC +10%
Standards and Safety Requirements:
Shall meet IEC-60601(Or Equivalent) General Requirements of Safety for EMC
Shall meet ISO 13485 Medical Device Quality Management system (or Equivalent)
Installation, Training and Commissioning:

The supplier must provide installation, and commissioning of the device at health Facility

The supplier must provide onsite technical and end user training (at least 5 days)
Warranty and After Sale service:
The supplier must provide minimum of Two years warranty including labor and spare part
from the date of commissioning.
After basic warranty the supplier must agree for after sales service
Documentation:
User and service manual in English (2 hard copy) soft copy for tender evaluation
Technical data sheet
Manufacturer catalogue
Standard accessories and spare parts list (required for three years)
Regulation
EFDA registered product (Valid product registration certificate)
Packaging and Labeling:
Packing of all the goods clearly marked and securely packed.
Each good will be further packed in separate package with all its standard accessories of
distinct identification and numbers consecutively.

Additional packing and labeling requirements should bear in each package

Each item with all accessories /spare part configured and packed in one unit.
Note: Any information not supported by manufacturer catalogue and technical datasheet results in disqualification from the bid.

Acceptance of the equipment is after successful completion of installation and commissioning by respective biomedical engineering
department.
All technical proposals shall be in both hard copy and soft copy.

125 OF 399 Chemistry HC


Instructions:Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not
individual parameters of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment of
must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the for
sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, in
appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evid
under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the supporting
either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent an
liable for prosecution.

Requirements
Analyzer-Hematology, 3 Differential
Clinical Purpose/Description:
Used in clinical laboratory, Hematology tests can be used to indicate, diagnose, and
evaluate many conditions, including infection, inflammation, and anemia. Hemoglobin
(Hg) - the oxygen-carrying protein in red blood cell.
Technical Specification:
Principles: Electrical impedance method with advanced SRV technology for accurate &
precise total count
Diode based LASER Technology for 3-part differential
Photometry – LED based technology for hemoglobin
Parameters: Not less than 20 parameters (WBC, RBC, HGB, HCT, MCV, MCH, MCHC,
PLT, LYM#, MON#, Gran#, LYM%, MON%, Gran%, RDW-SD, RDW-CV, PDW-SD,
PDW-CV, MPV, PCT)
Plus: 3 histograms –RBC, WBC & PLT
Throughput: Not less than 40 samples / hour
Sample mode: whole blood in open mode
Chambers: Dual chamber advanced system
Auto Clean Modes: Available
Automatic system
Sample volume: approx. 30 micro liters

Determination of: red blood cell (RBC), White blood cell (WBC), Hemoglobin (HGB),

Calibration: independent automated calibration and manual calibration for two test modes
minimum
Data storage approximately 40,000 sample results with Histogram
WBC, RBC, and platelet
Calibrator and control shelf life at least 3 months and reagent 1 year
Operation by screen touch and key board
Printer built in thermal printer (standard)and external printer optional
Typical counting time: approx. 60 seconds for differential
With self-test capability
Display: LCD screen
Indication of self-test failures and assistance messages
Sample ID, date and time are reported with test results
Supplied complete with dedicated data analysis and data management software
Results are reported on external inkjet printer
Casing, corrosion proof material such as plastic or epoxy coated steel
With built-in RS232, USB 2.0 or equivalent, allowing data transfer
System Configuration Accessories, Spares, Consumables and other components:
Supplied with: UPS and stabilizer as one unit
Supplied with dust cover
Bar code reader with handheld accessories
All standard accessories, consumables and parts required to operate the equipment,
including all standard tools and cleaning and lubrication materials including items not
specified above
Operating Environment;
Operating Temperature: +10 °C to + 30°C
Relative humidity: < 85%
Utility Requirements:
Electrical Power Supply: 220VAC +10%
Standards and Safety Requirements:
Shall meet IEC-60601(Or Equivalent) General Requirements of Safety for
Electromagnetic Compatibility

Shall meet ISO 13485 Medical Device Quality Management system (or Equivalent)

Installation, Training and Commissioning:

The supplier must provide installation, and commissioning of the device at health Facility

The supplier must provide onsite technical and end user training
Warranty and After Sale service:
The supplier must be provide minimum of Two years warranty including labor and spare
part from the date of commissioning.
After basic warranty the supplier must agree for after sales service
Documentation:
User and service manual in English
Packaging and Labeling:
Packing of all the goods clearly marked and securely packed.
Each good will be further packed in separate package with all its standard
accessories of distinct identification and numbers consecutively.
Additional packing and labeling requirements should bear in each package
Each item with all accessories /spare part configured and packed in one unit.
iance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the
rformance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply”
hat evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended
e issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as
ently found to be contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid
atement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false
ontract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier

Offer Deviation if any


Instructions:Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not
Comply” against each of the individual parameters of each Specification stating the corresponding performance
parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and
referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, uncondi
statements of specification and compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as
appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evid
presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of
compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or
execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Requirements
Analyzer-Hematology, 3 Differential
Clinical Purpose/Description:
Used in clinical laboratory, Hematology tests can be used to indicate, diagnose, and evaluate many
conditions, including infection, inflammation, and anemia. Hemoglobin (Hg) - the oxygen-carrying
protein in red blood cell.
Technical Specification:
Principles: Electrical impedance method with advanced SRV technology for accurate & precise total
count
Diode based LASER Technology for 3-part differential
Photometry – LED based technology for hemoglobin
Parameters: Not less than 20 parameters (WBC, RBC, HGB, HCT, MCV, MCH, MCHC, PLT,
LYM#, MON#, Gran#, LYM%, MON%, Gran%, RDW-SD, RDW-CV, PDW-SD, PDW-CV, MPV,
PCT)
Plus: 3 histograms –RBC, WBC & PLT
Throughput: Not less than 40 samples / hour
Sample mode: whole blood in open mode
Chambers: Dual chamber advanced system
Auto Clean Modes: Available
Automatic system
Sample volume: approx. 30 micro liters
Determination of: red blood cell (RBC), White blood cell (WBC), Hemoglobin (HGB),

Calibration: independent automated calibration and manual calibration for two test modes minimum

Data storage approximately 40,000 sample results with Histogram


WBC, RBC, and platelet
Calibrator and control shelf life at least 3 months and reagent 1 year
Operation by screen touch and key board
Printer built in thermal printer (standard)and external printer optional
Typical counting time: approx. 60 seconds for differential
With self-test capability
Display: LCD screen
Indication of self-test failures and assistance messages
Sample ID, date and time are reported with test results
Supplied complete with dedicated data analysis and data management software
Results are reported on external inkjet printer
Casing, corrosion proof material such as plastic or epoxy coated steel
With built-in RS232, USB 2.0 or equivalent, allowing data transfer
System Configuration Accessories, Spares, Consumables and other components:
Supplied with: UPS and stabilizer as one unit
Supplied with dust cover
Bar code reader with handheld accessories
All standard accessories, consumables and parts required to operate the equipment, including all
standard tools and cleaning and lubrication materials including items not specified above
Operating Environment;
Operating Temperature: +10 °C to + 30°C
Relative humidity: < 85%
Utility Requirements:
Electrical Power Supply: 220VAC +10%
Standards and Safety Requirements:
Shall meet IEC-60601(Or Equivalent) General Requirements of Safety for Electromagnetic
Compatibility
Shall meet ISO 13485 Medical Device Quality Management system (or Equivalent)
Installation, Training and Commissioning:
The supplier must provide installation, and commissioning of the device at health Facility
The supplier must provide onsite technical and end user training
Warranty and After Sale service:
The supplier must be provide minimum of Two years warranty including labor and spare part from the
date of commissioning.
After basic warranty the supplier must agree for after sales service
Documentation:
User and service manual in English
Packaging and Labeling:
Packing of all the goods clearly marked and securely packed.
Each good will be further packed in separate package with all its standard
accessories of distinct identification and numbers consecutively.
Additional packing and labeling requirements should bear in each package
Each item with all accessories /spare part configured and packed in one unit.
ord either “Comply” or “Not
corresponding performance
evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-
nded sales literature, unconditional
dependent test data etc., as
to be contradicted by the evidence
er in the Bidders statement of
aluation, post-qualification or the
upplier liable for prosecution.

Offer Deviation if any


Item description and requirement Offer
Microscope, Binocular, Basic light microscope
Manufacturer
Country of origin
Model
General description: To magnify and study specimens and small objects by
transmitted visible light. White light shall illuminate a slide from below, allowing
viewing through a lens system from above. One can view individual cells, even
living ones.
Technical specification
The focus shall be possible through a movable slide table
Lens selection shall allow for variable magnification
Microscope frame with revolving,45 degrees inclined Binocular tube
Fixed graduated mechanical stage approx. 200 x 150 mm, travelling approx. 80
x 50 mm
Double slide holder
Adjustable inter-pupil distance.
Variable user eye function shall be compensated for by fine focus adjustments
on each eyepiece
Movement of the slide in X and Y directions shall enable smooth viewing of
features and cell counting
Objectives shall be held on rotating changer, with ribbed grip for easy rotation
and click stops, accommodating at least 3 at once
Objectives to be achromatic, oil immersion, and spring-loaded
Substage illumination to be approx. 20W halogen lamp or a Light-Emitting
Diode (LED).
Eyepiece tubes shall be mounted at approx. 45 degree
Eyepiece interpapillary distance adjustable with a minimum range of 54 to 74
mm
Eyepieces: Focusable pair, 10x (FN 20),

Sub-stage condenser shall be fitted with aspherical lens and iris diaphragm
Focusing shall be achieved by coaxial coarse and fine adjustments with a
safety stop at end of the range
At least one eyepiece shall include dioptric adjustment
A mirror with sub-stage mounting shall be supplied for direct light operation with
no electricity
The slide holder shall have spring-loaded side clamps
Slide stage shall have Vernier gauge rule in at least one dimension, with
movement possible in both X and Y directions with range not smaller than
60mm for x-direction and 40 mm for y-direction.
Wide-field eyepieces at least 10x and 15x.
At least the following plane achromatic objectives provided: 4x, 10x, 40x, and
100x (oil immersion) with Numerical Aperture (N.A.) for each objective
respectively of at least 0.10, 0.25, 0.65, and 1.25 respectively
Anti-fungus treated observation tubes, eyepieces, and objectives.
LED light
Brightness control: 0 to 100 % (linear)
Resolution:
Coarse focusing: approx. 3 mm per rotation
Fine focusing: approx. 0.3 mm per rotation
Range of total magnification: 40 to 1000Xs
Reverse angle quadruple revolving nose-piece, with distinct click-stop, with
rubber grip for easy handling
Condenser: Abbe with iris diaphragm aperture, 1.25 NA
Light power on / off and intensity control shall be fitted
The main body and lenses shall be supplied in an airtight protective
container(s)
All material shall be non-ferrous and corrosion-proof
Electrical source requirements: Voltage: 220V; Frequency: 50Hz; Phases:
single
Fuse protection of mains line to be incorporated
Power Consumption: approx. 20 W

standard accessories and configurations

All standard accessories and configurations are mandatory.


At least 1 blue filter for the condenser.
Dust cover and a hard box.
One bottle immersion oil, anti-static cleaning brush with each unit
1 x plano-concave mirror attachment
1 x Pair eye shades
1 x Pair of tube caps
1 x Lens cleaning kit consisting of lens cleaning tissue, 100 ml cleaning
solution, dust blower
2 x Fuse
1 x Power cord
Two spare fuses to be supplied
Documentation;

Instructions for use, for preventive maintenance and troubleshooting in English

EFDA product registration (updated)


Should be USFDA or European CE approved product
List to be provided of other spare parts anticipated during one year's operation,
with costs
Certificate of calibration and inspection from the factory.

The case is to be cleanable with alcohol or chlorine wipes

Duration of warranty to be stated, minimum one year.


Specific inclusions and exclusions to be listed.
Contact details of the manufacturer, supplier, and local service agent to be
provided
The list shall be provided of equipment and procedures required for local
calibration and routine maintenance
Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
Costs and types of post-warranty service contracts available shall be
described.
A guaranteed period of availability of spare parts post-warranty shall be
described.
User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in the English
language.
Supplier to describe any materials contained in the device that are classified as
hazardous under local regulations.
Environment
Unit shall be supplied protectively packed for safe onward shipping
Capable of being stored continuously in the ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg
C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
Capable of operating continuously in the ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg
C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
Objectives and eyepieces to have an antifungal coating
Installation and training

Supplier to perform installation, safety, and operation checks before handover

Local clinical staff to affirm completion of the installation


Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be provided
Supplier to describe an estimated lifetime of a fully maintained device
Deviation if any
Microscope – Fluorescence
GMDN/UMDN Code/Name:
Clinical Purpose/Description:
Fluorescence microscope observation visualizes intracellular structures,
particularly protein and molecular structures, using fluorescent proteins or dyes, Using the phenomena of
fluorescence and phosphorescence
Technical Specification:
Fixed Kohler with reflected and Fluorescent illumination
Objectives
Plan-APOCHROMAT with magnifications of 10x NA 0.25 WD 10.6 mm, 20×NA 0.40 WD 1.2 mm, 40×NA 0.75
WD 0.51mm and 100×NA
1.30 WD 0.13 – 0.2 mm optimized for specimens without cover slip (D = 0),Illumination
Transmitted light
*LED Reflected light and Fluorescence module with 455 nm LED light source and Halogen Lamp: 6 V/12V, 30
W/100W with Light source adjustment range: Fully adjustable between 1.5 V and 6 V DC(100W mercury, 75W
xenon, and 150W metal halide arc lamps are commonly used)
Color temperature at 6 V:2,800 K and Luminous power:280 lumens
Average life:1,000 hours ,and Illuminated area:1.5 × 3 mm
LED Module : Max. 40 mW, 365 – 625 nm; LED hazard group 2
according to DIN EN 62471
Switching objectives: Manually using four-way objective revolver
Objectives: Range of infinite focus objectives with W 0.8 screw thread
Eyepieces:30 mm diameter,With visual field number 18: PL 10× / 18 Br. foc.
With visual field number 20:PL 10× / 20 Br. foc.
Object stage:XY stage, 75 × 30 right/left, and Dimensions (width × depth)
:140 × 135 mm
Range of adjustment (width × depth):75 × 30 mm
Coaxial drive: Optionally right or left
Verniers:Can be read off from left
Object holder: With spring lever left
Abbe condenser 0.9/1.25; fixed Kohler For Vobj 4× to 100×
Abbe condenser 0.9/1.25; full Kohler For Vobj 4× to 100×
Binocular Tube 30°/20
Maximum field of view:20
Eyepiece distance (pupil distance):Adjustable from 48 to 75 mm
Viewing angle:30°
Viewing height:380 to 415 mm and Visual output: Tube factor 1
System Configuration Accessories, Spares, Consumables and other components:
Transport case
*Rechargeable battery pack
*Illuminating mirror
rechargeable battery: Fuses according to IEC 127 T4.0 A/H Halogen Lamp
All standard accessories, consumables and parts required to operate the equipment, including all standard tools and
cleaning and lubrication materials including items not specified above
Operating Environment;
Operating Temperature:+10 °C to + 30°C
Relative humidity : < 85%
Utility Requirements:
Electrical Power Supply: 220VAC +10%
Standards and Safety Requirements:
Shall meet IEC-60601(Or Equivalent ) General Requirements of Safety for
Electromagnetic Compatibility
Shall meet ISO 13485 Medical Device Quality Management system (Or
Equivalent)
Installation, Training and Commissioning:
The supplier must provide installation, and commissioning of the device at
health Facility
The supplier must provide onsite technical and end user training
Warranty and After Sale service:
The supplier must be provide minimum of Two years warranty including
labor and spare part from the date of commissioning.
After basic warranty the supplier must agree for after sales service
Documentation:
User and service manual in English
Packaging and Labeling:
Packing of all the goods clearly marked and securely packed.
Each goods will be further packed in separate package with all its standard
accessories of distinct identification and numbers consecutively.
Additional packing and labeling requirements should bear in each package
Each item with all accessories /spare part configured and packed in one unit.
ITEM: Delivery couch/Gynecological couch, with accessories
Technical Specifications:
Three sections with independent control and Trendelenburg position
All sections fit with padded mattress, detachable from bed for easy cleaning.
Mattress covers removable via side zipper.
padding made of high density polyurethane foam, fire proof
covering made of washable, plastic material (leatherette) fi reproof
adjustable rubber feet
Body section:
Mounted on 4 sturdy supports, finished with rubber feet.
Knee crutch holders welded to the frame of the bed.
Crutches are height and width adjustable, set with sturdy clamps with heavy knob.
Leg section:
Mounted on swivel castors, of which two with brakes.
This section recesses entirely under body section.
When fully extended, both sections align to perfectly flat surface.
Materials:
High resistance to corrosion (tropical environment).
Frame: Stainless steel.
Sliders/fixtures for the knee crutches: tubular steel, welded to the bed frame.
Recession tracks smoothly finished for easy sliding.
Mattress: high-density polyurethane foam, density approx. 30 kg/m3.
Cover:
Plastic, flexible highly tear resistant, anti-static, flame retardant, disinfectant- and liquid
proof, washable.
Dimensions:
Body section: approx. 1000 x 900 x 750 mm (l x w x h).
Leg section: approx. 900 x 850 x 750 mm (l x w x h).
Frame, diameter: approx. 40 mm.
Swivel castors, diameter: approx. 120mm.
Mattress: approx. 100 mm (h)
Carrying capacity: approx. 150 kg.
Supplied with:
1 x set of tools required for assembly.
2 x a pair of height-adjustable, padded, anatomic leg-holders
2 x knee crutches, adjustable height and width.
1 x set fitting mattresses, body and leg section.
1x a couple of shoulder rests, handgrips,
1x a paper roll holder and a stainless steel basin Ø 32 cm .Delivered in kit form
Instructions:Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not
each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Co
and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literatur
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is no
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement eithe
supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of th
the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecutio.

Procuring Entity’s Specification


EXAMINATION COUCH - chromed, black mattress (TWO SECTION)
Description: Table, examination in 2 sections.
Technical Specifications:
Mounted on 4 sturdy supports, finished with rubber feet, of which one height adjustable.
2 Section Cushioned top
Both sections fit with thick upholstery.

Backrest adjustable via secured pawl and gear ratchet, safe for patient and operator.
When fully extended, both sections align to perfectly flat surface.
Materials:
High resistance to corrosion (tropical environment).
Frame: Stainless steel.
Upholstery: high-density polyurethane foam, density not less than 30 kg/m3.
Cover: plastic, flexible highly tear resistant, anti-static, flame retardant, disinfectant- and
liquid proof, washable.
Dimensions:
Approx. Overall size 1820-1830mm L × 600-610mm W × 750-760mmH.
Frame, diameter: approx. 30 mm.
Upholstery: approx. 50 mm (h)
Carrying capacity: Not less than 150Kg.
Standard examination table for health care facilities.
Packaging: Delivered in a knockdown construction, with assembly instructions.
Complies with Medical Device Directive 93/42/EEC, class risk 1
CE mark and reference number of notifying body.
e the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of
quipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid
facturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
iable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the
st-qualification or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render

Bidder’s Specification as
Technical Offer Statement of Compliance
Ultrasound, General Purpose
Overview of functional requirements:
Delivers real-time, non-invasive imaging of internal organ structures and functionality
Displays images on integral screen and also enables DICOM compliant image transfer
Supplied with all necessary probes for cardiac, vascular, Obs/Gyn, prostate and breast imaging, with color Dopple
imaging, for patients of all ages
Detailed requirements
Color monitor, TFT or LCD of Approximately 15".
Dynamic range at least 180 dB
Frequency range of at least 1-15 MHz
Modes: M (Bi-dimensional, simultaneous); Color Doppler; Pulsed Doppler; Color perfusion; Harmonic images.
Digital and caliper measurement functions required for both distance, area and volume.
Trackball and/or touchpad in user panel.
Frame by frame image memory or cine-loop.
Doppler display to indicate blood flow both numerically and in colour.
Connection port for image printing to be included (printer specified separately).
HD/CD/DVD/USB storage unit
Hard disk of at least 1 TB
Displayed parameters:
Unit display to be at least 512 by 512 pixels, with at least 256 gray scale levels and 256 color scale levels. Area,
distance, volume, angles, speed and acceleration. Frozen image zoom of at least 10X.
Dynamic real time zoom of at least 4X.
User adjustable settings:
Adjustable depth gain, freeze frame and image zoom facilities required.
Protocols.
Cine record and playback feature required, with frame rate at least 500 fps.
Measurement accuracy to be better than 2% over 10cm distance
Alphanumeric annotation to be possible
Physical/Chemical Characteristics:
Unit to be supplied on stable, mobile trolley fitted with 4 wheels that can be braked
Display to have tilt/swivel facility for easy viewing
Configurable footswitch control with at least 2m lead required
Probe leads to be at least 1.5m in length 22)
Included probes:
Convex with at least triple frequency, bandwidth of at least 3Mhz, including 3.5Mhz frequency;
Linear with at least triple frequency, bandwidth of at least 2Mhz, including 6.5Mhz frequency
Phased array with at least triple frequency, bandwidth of at least 2 Mhz including 3 Mhz frequency;
Vaginal probe with at least triple frequency, and Field of view of at least 185° for one equipment.
Utility requirements:
Electrical and Back Up Battery, Approx. 2 Hours Battery Life
220 V, 50 Hz, ±10%,
Voltage corrector / stabilizer / UPS to allow operation at ± 30% of local rated voltage and one hour operation in th
event of mains power failure.
Electrical protection by resettable circuit breakers in both live and neutral supply lines.
Mains supply cable to be at least 3m in length.
Accessories, consumables, spare parts, other components
Accessories
Lineal probe, 5 to 12 MHz
Convex probe, 2 to 5 MHz
Endo-cavity probe, 4 to 8 MHz
Video printer (digital)
Consumables / reagents
Gel
Disposable covers for Endo-cavity probe
CD/DVD discs
Spare parts
Medical units select them according to their needs, ensuring compatibility with the brand and model of the medica
device.
Other components
UPS
Environmental requirements:
Capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
Capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
Commissioning, installation, utilization:
Supplier to perform installation, commissioning, safety, and operation checks before handover
Local Biomedical and clinical staff to affirm completion of installation
Training of user/s/ and Biomedical Engineers/Technicians:
Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
Warranty and maintenance:
Warranty: Not less than 24 months
Comprehensive Contract for two years including spare and labor cost provided free of charge.
Spare parts availability post-warranty:5 years
Software / Hardware upgrade availability: DICOM licenses.
Clinical/operational software upgrade available during useful lifespan.
Documentation:
User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English language.
Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
List of standard configuration and accessories.
List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine maintenance
List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers and costings.
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided
EFDA product registration certificate
Separate letter for 3 years post-warranty to provide spare parts.
International standards: ISO, IEC or CE Certified
Separate letter for warranty
Servicing agreement (details with implementation plan) including labor and spare cost within warranty period to b
provided free of charge.
Addis Ababa City Administration Health Bureau
Biomedical Engineering Department

Bidder’s Specification as
Procuring Entity’s Specification Technical Offer Statement of Compliance
Model:
Manufacturer:
Country of origin:
Item:Ultrasound imaging system/Ultrasound machine
Scope of work: supply, installation, training, commissioning, and aftersales service.
General Description:
Mobile ultrasound Imaging system with 2 probes for obstetrics and gynecology
Delivers real-time, non-invasive imaging of internal organ structures and functionality
Should be field upgradable to next generation system on site.
All new software should be upgraded free of cost.
Detailed requirements
Monitor Size: 15" LCD
Tilt/Rotate Adjustable Monitor: Yes
Dynamic range at least 180 dB
Frequency range of at least 1-15 MHz
Image up-date rate at least: 20 image/s
Trackball and/or touchpad in user panel.
Phased array probe system with Minimum 1000 Electronic independent channels.
Calculations: Ob/gyn and general (mandatory)
Tissue harmonic imaging: Yes
Modes: B, M, PW,
Number of Ports: 2
Stationary or Portable: Portable
Automated Gain control for additional level of flexibility to image quality control.
Battery: 2hours
Maximum Depth of Field: 30cm
DICOM 3.0 Connectivity
DICOM SR_OB-GYN
HDD/SDD: 500GB
DVD/CD RW
Material: Heavy duty plastic and steel

ULTRASOUND Health Center Page 152 of 399


Addis Ababa City Administration Health Bureau
Biomedical Engineering Department

HD/CD/DVD/USB storage unit


Real time high frequency 2D for higher resolution.
Monitor should be 15", high-resolution
Hard disk of at least 500GB
Displayed parameters:
Unit display to be at least 512 by 512 pixels, with at least 256 gray scale levels
Area, distance, volume, angles, speed and acceleration.
Frozen image zooms of at least 4X
User adjustable settings:
Adjustable depth gain, freeze frame and image zoom facilities required.
Protocols.
Cine record and playback feature required, with frame rate at least 500 fps.
Measurement accuracy to be better than 2% over 10cm distance
Alphanumeric annotation to be possible
Physical/Chemical Characteristics:
Unit to be supplied on stable, mobile trolley fitted with 4 wheels that can be braked
Display to have tilt/swivel facility for easy viewing
Probe leads to be at least 1.5m in length
Operation and data entry keyboard
Utility requirements:
220 V, 50 Hz, ±10%,
Suitable Servo controlled Stabilizer/CVT.
Electrical protection by resettable circuit breakers in both live and neutral supply lines.
Mains supply cable to be at least 3m in length.
Power consumption, approximately: 600W
Commissioning, installation, utilization:
Supplier to perform installation, commissioning, safety, and operation checks before
handover
Local Biomedical and clinical staff to affirm completion of installation
Training of user/s/ and Biomedical Engineers/Technicians:
Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
Warranty and maintenance:
Warranty: Not less than 24 months

ULTRASOUND Health Center Page 153 of 399


Addis Ababa City Administration Health Bureau
Biomedical Engineering Department

Comprehensive Contract for two years including spare and labor cost provided free
of charge.
Spare parts availability post-warranty:5 years
Software / Hardware upgrade availability: DICOM licenses.
Clinical/operational software upgrade available during useful lifespan.
Documentation:
User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English language.
Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
List of standard configuration and accessories.
List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and
routine maintenance
List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers and
costings.
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided
EFDA product registration certificate
Separate letter for 3 years post-warranty to provide spare parts.
International standards: ISO, IEC or CE Certified
Separate letter for warranty
Servicing agreement (details with implementation plan) including labor and spare
cost within warranty period to be provided free of charge.

ULTRASOUND Health Center Page 154 of 399


Wheel chair - Adult, foldable
Country of Origin:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Description
A wheeled mobility device used by patients/people for whom walking is difficult or
impossible due to illness (physiological or physical), injury, or disability
Technical specification
Stretcher frame fitted with metal patient support in 2 sections
Basic foldable wheelchair for adult.
Heavy carriage mounted on 4 anti-static ball-bearing wheels.
Front wheels free rolling, 360 degrees swivel.
Both rear wheels with brake.
Foot lever, integrated in frame, facilitates tilting the wheelchair.
Foot rest adjustable
Two handles at the rear fit with plastic rims.
Swing-away foot and arm supports for easy stepping on/off.
Armrests seat and back are upholstered.
Materials:
Frame: Stainless steel
Upholstery: plastic, flexible highly tear resistant, anti-static, flame retardant,
disinfectant- and liquid proof, washable.
Tires: heavy duty solid rubber.
Addis Ababa city Administration Health Bureau
Biomedical Engineering Department

Bidder’s Specification as
Procuring Entity’s Specification Technical Offer Statement of Compliance
Laundry machine (washer extractor) with dryer

Scope of work: Supply, Installation, testing, commissioning and turnkey work of mechanized laundry equipment
and handover to the facility premises, including services of defect liability period as per contract.

Capacity -18-21kg , Electrically Heated, Front loading, Heavy duty, High Spin, Soft Mount, variable frequency
drive & Auto reverse & forward, & Front display.
Purpose: For removal of blood stains, faecal matter, vomit and another residue
Dynamic weghting system
Door Opening - 55 mm Ø
Level Sensor - Highly sensitive auto water level sensor with PLC
Basket Volume- 100 Liters.
Wash RPM - 50
Low extract-300 RPM
Final Extract - 900 RPM
Motor power: 4.5 KW
G-Force - 400
Electric supply - 220/380V AC, 50hz. 4P
In-built Control Panel and Motor
Noise level: <70dB
System Configuration Accessories, Spares, Consumables and other components:
Washer extractor with all standard and complete accessories
Overall Turnkey Works
It is the responsibility of the Supplier to provide any turnkey works in all aspects for successful installation and
commissioning of the equipment. This shall include everything required for successful commissioning but not
limited to the following:
a). Water Connection:
All water intake connection to the machine should be fitted with manual shut-off valves.
b). Drain Connection:
Bidder shall do drain outlet via either drilled floor or any other for drainage purpose
c). Electrical Connection:
Three phase breaker with size as per manufacturer recommendation near to the machine.
d). Mechanical installation:

Laundry 25Kg Page 156 of 399


Addis Ababa city Administration Health Bureau
Biomedical Engineering Department

Bidder shall do if the machine needs a concrete floor with thickness recommended by the manufacturer.
e). Evacuation system:
To allow dryer, ironer to work at its best, air inlet passes through an opening outside
Air inlet opening should be standard and placed behind the
machine
Exhaust duct is made from galvanized steel not be from plastic ducting
Commissioning, installation, utilization:
Supplier to perform installation, commissioning, safety, and operation checks before handover
Biomedical staff to affirm completion of installation
Training of user/s/ and Biomedical Engineers/Technicians:
Warranty and maintenance:
Warranty: Not less than 24 months
Comprehensive Contract for two years including spare and labor cost provided free of charge.
Documentation:
User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English language.
List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers and costings.
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided
EFDA product registration certificate
International standards: ISO, IEC or CE Certified

Laundry 25Kg Page 157 of 399


Procuring Entity’s Specification
Laundry machine, washer extractor

Scope of work: Supply, Installation, testing, commissioning and turnkey work of mechanized laundry equipment
and handover to the facility premises, including services of defect liability period as per contract.

Capacity:18-21kg , Electrically Heated, Front loading, Heavy duty, High Spin, Soft Mount, variable frequency
drive & Auto reverse & forward, & Front display.
Purpose: For removal of blood stains, faecal matter, vomit and another residue
Dynamic weghting system
Door Opening - 55 mm Ø
Level Sensor - Highly sensitive auto water level sensor with PLC
Basket Volume- 100 Liters.
Wash RPM - 50
Low extract-300 RPM
Final Extract - 900 RPM
Motor power: 4.5 KW
G-Force - 400
Electric supply - 220/380V AC, 50hz. 4P
In-built Control Panel and Motor
Noise level: <70dB
System Configuration Accessories, Spares, Consumables and other components:
Washer extractor with all standard and complete accessories
Overall Turnkey Works
It is the responsibility of the Supplier to provide any turnkey works in all aspects for successful installation and
commissioning of the equipment. This shall include everything required for successful commissioning but not
limited to the following:
a). Water Connection:
All water intake connection to the machine should be fitted with manual shut-off valves.
b). Drain Connection:
Bidder shall do drain outlet via either drilled floor or any other for drainage purpose
c). Electrical Connection:
Three phase breaker with size as per manufacturer recommendation near to the machine.
d). Mechanical installation:
Bidder shall do if the machine needs a concrete floor with thickness recommended by the manufacturer.
e). Evacuation system:
To allow dryer, ironer to work at its best, air inlet passes through an opening outside
Air inlet opening should be standard and placed behind the
machine
Exhaust duct is made from galvanized steel not be from plastic ducting
Commissioning, installation, utilization:
Supplier to perform installation, commissioning, safety, and operation checks before handover
Biomedical staff to affirm completion of installation
Training of user/s/ and Biomedical Engineers/Technicians:
Warranty and maintenance:
Warranty: Not less than 24 months
Comprehensive Contract for two years including spare and labor cost provided free of charge.
Documentation:
User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English language.
List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers and costings.
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided
EFDA product registration certificate
International standards: ISO, IEC or CE Certified
Bidder’s Specification as
Technical Offer Statement of Compliance
Procuring Entity’s Specification
Glycated Hemoglobin (HbA1C) Analyzer

Measuring method:
Sample Type:
Sample Size:
Reaction Time:
Measuring Range:
Precision:
Display unit:
Memory Capacity:
Patient ID/Operator ID Entry:
Storage environment:
CARTRIDGE SPECIFICATION
Measuring method
Operating environment:

Storage environment:
Communication:
Power supply:
Automation:
Certifications:
Warranty :
Training and installation
Bidder’s Specification as
Procuring Entity’s Specification Technical Offer
(HbA1C) Analyzer
Mnaufacturer
Model
Country of origin
Photometry
Whole blood or prediluted - Fingertips capillary or EDTA venous blood
≦ 0.2 μl
≦ 5 mins
4 % ~ 16 %
CV <3%
Percentage (%) or mmol/mol
10,000 results
Barcode reader or Keyboard
10-40 ºC, 10-90 % R.H.

Immunoassay
10-40 ºC, 10-90 % R.H.

Refrigerator Temperature : 2ºC ~ 8ºC (35.6ºF ~ 46.4ºF) , 10-90 % R.H.


Room Temperature : 8°C to 25°C (46.4°F to 77°F) , 10-90 % R.H.
Bi-lateral LIScommunication, USB, thermal printer
220V AC, 50HZ
Fully automatic
ISO, CE, EFDA product registration, and IFCC
2 years
free of charge
Statement of
Compliance
Procuring Entity’s Specification
Laundry machine (washer extractor) with dryer

Scope of work: Supply, Installation, Testing, Commissioning and Turnkey work of mechanized laundry equipment
with tumble drier and handover to the facility premises, including services of defect liability period as per contract.

Dryer:
Tumble dryers are used, machines in which textiles are dried by tumbling in a rotating drum through which heated
air is passed.
Capacity 70 to 80 kg of wet linen
Dryer/tumbler should be, electrically heated, heavy duty, Front Loading, Cool down
Feature, Auto-timed, Auto-reversible, Auto digital temperature control, Dual Motor drive,
Open Pocket & Front display
Programmable microprocessor controlled with touch panel, color screen LCD/TFT display for working parameters
and multi-level interface
Heating Power: Not more than 40 Kw
Motor power: 1.10 KW
Electric, steam heating type
Steam pressure: 0.3-0.5mpa
Equipped with removable lint screen
Automatic signal display when finishing
Tumble dryers with stainless steel drum
Alarms and free display of operating parameters
Auto adjustable vacuum power to the existing condition
Professional brushless motor
Bi-directional drum movement, with auto reversing and exhaust system
Perfect tumble dry system
Tumble dryers with humidity sensor and display
Large wide opening door, with semi-perforated inner drum for easy removal of hot air
Easy water emptying to accessible drain out
Noise <50dB
Adjustable drum speed and rotation
Trap system to remove fine particles
Exact dry moisture sensor
Door minimal heat loss
Less steam consumption but quick dry time
Stainless steel dryer drum
Outer chamber dryer should be made of stainless steel 304 sheet
Inner chamber dryer should be made of s.s 316
Heating and time control should be done digital temperature, time controller
Trays should be made from SS 316 sheets
Racks and trolleys racks should be provided for trays inside the dryer
Racks should be provided with wheels to slide them in and out of the dryer
Machine should be fitted with anchor bolt with vibration damper
Safety micro switches on door, depression and filter check
Self-diagnostic fault alarm systems, safety protection system
Power supply: 380v, +- 10%, 50hz
With all standard accessories
Equipped with removable lint screen Automatic and gives signal when finishing
Stainless steel drum Safety micros witches on door, Electrical heating system,
Air particle filter to ensure the drying air is free from particles.
Tumbler drier of solid steel construction
machine should have thermal overload protection system
cycle programming should be by varying temp or time
System Configuration Accessories, Spares, Consumables and other components:
Washer extractor with all standard and complete accessories
Overall Turnkey Works
It is the responsibility of the Supplier to provide any turnkey works in all aspects for successful installation and
commissioning of the equipment. This shall include everything required for successful commissioning but not
limited to the following:
a). Water Connection:
All water intake connection to the machine should be fitted with manual shut-off valves.
b). Drain Connection:
Bidder shall do drain outlet via either drilled floor or any other for drainage purpose
c). Electrical Connection:
Three phase electrical line from hospital MDB/Generator near to the machine ( Proper grounding should be
included)
Three phase breaker with size as per manufacturer recommendation near to the machine.
d). Mechanical installation:
Bidder shall do if the machine needs a concrete floor with thickness recommended by the manufacturer.
e). Evacuation system:
To allow dryer, ironer to work at its best, air inlet passes through an opening outside
Air inlet opening should be standard and placed behind the
machine
Exhaust duct is made from galvanized steel not be from plastic ducting
Commissioning, installation, utilization:
Supplier to perform installation, commissioning, safety, and operation checks before handover
Biomedical staff to affirm completion of installation
Training of user/s/ and Biomedical Engineers/Technicians:
Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
Warranty and maintenance:
Warranty: Not less than 24 months
Comprehensive Contract for two years including spare and labor cost provided free of charge.
Spare parts availability post-warranty:5 years
Documentation:
User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English language.
Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
List of standard configuration and accessories.
List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine maintenance
List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers and costings.
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided
EFDA product registration certificate
Separate letter for 2 years post-warranty to provide spare parts.
International standards: ISO, IEC or CE Certified
Servicing agreement (details with implementation plan) including labor and spare cost within warranty period to be
provided free of charge.
Bidder’s Specification as
Technical Offer Statement of Compliance
Item Detail
Generic Name: Laundry Machine
GMDN/UMDN Code/Name:
Clinical Purpose/Description:
Used to receive contaminated items for cleaning and to provide an adequate efficient, economic, continues quality
disinfected linen to all patient care services in the hospital.
Technical Specification:
Washer Extractor machine:
Both hot and cold water washing Horizontal drum type made of non-magnetic stainless steel,
Front loading type,
Method of washing should be tumble wash.
Machine should be made of 304 grade stainless steel (Inner cage should have die-sunk perforations on adequate ar
thickness should be of 14 SWG S.S and outer body thickness 16 SWG 304 S.S).
Machine should have large stainless steel front door with toughened glass.
Machine should have automatic door locking system while machine is in operation.
Large loading and unloading doors with up to 180 degree opening angle for easy access
Machine should have auto-reverse / open pocket with low spin extract.
Machine should have level indicator.
Capacity of 65 kg to 75 kg dry linen.
Nose level (dB) <70
Wash speed / Spin speed rpm. Not less than 33
Extracting speed rpm, - Not less than 670
Machine should have heavy duty Motor Power Not more than 7.5 KW
Machine should have Dual operating system options i.e., both electrical and steam heating provisions.
Steam pressure: -0.2 to o.6 MPa
Air pressure: -0.4 to o.6 MPa
Drum volume: - Not less than 700 Liter
Heating power: - 40 -55kw
Rotation direction: -forward/reverse/stop, one way drive with electrical water heater, adjustable rotation speed of g
1000rpm (max).
With operating valves Material: stainless steel
Automatic stop alarming mechanism
With washing options for dirty and colored clothes
Automatic stopping and stop signaling when finishing with braking system.
The machine shall have features like wash timer, automatic forward/reverse cyclic timer. Sensor to detect level in
easy refilling system.
Sensor for water in chamber to avoid dry run.
Built in steam condenser for washing and drain.
Single phase motor invertor
Programmable water temperature for each bath
Freely programable control with advanced 7 " color display for easy operation
Programmable overnight bath soak
Programmable water temperature for each bath
Long, short and extra short program
Temperature adjustment
Fresh water flashing chemical manifold
Shock absorbing system
Two-way circulation pump hose with flat inner surface
Auto wash feature
Dirt resistant drain hose
Emergency stop switch
Connections:
voltage inlet: 380V frequency of 50Hz
Connections:
voltage inlet: 380V frequency of 50Hz
Hot and Cold-Water connections: Machine should have adequate water inlet and drain outlet size with appropriate
pressure and satisfactory flow rate.
Dryer:
Tumble dryers are used, machines in which textiles are dried by tumbling in a rotating drum through which heated
Capacity 70 to 80 kg of wet linen
Dryer/tumbler should be, electrically heated, heavy duty, Front Loading, Cool down
Feature, Auto-timed, Auto-reversible, Auto digital temperature control, Dual Motor drive,
Open Pocket & Front display
Programmable microprocessor controlled with touch panel, color screen LCD/TFT display for working parameter
level interface
Heating Power: Not more than 40 Kw
Motor power: 1.10 KW to 1.5 KW
Electric, steam heating type
Steam pressure: 0.3-0.5mpa
Equipped with removable lint screen
Automatic signal display when finishing
Tumble dryers with stainless steel drum
Alarms and free display of operating parameters
Auto adjustable vacuum power to the existing condition
Professional brushless motor
Bi-directional drum movement, with auto reversing and exhaust system
Perfect tumble dry system
Tumble dryers with humidity sensor and display
Large wide opening door, with semi-perforated inner drum for easy removal of hot air
Easy water emptying to accessible drain out
Noise <50dB
Adjustable drum speed and rotation
Trap system to remove fine particles
Exact dry moisture sensor
Door minimal heat loss
Less steam consumption but quick dry time
Stainless steel dryer drum
Outer chamber dryer should be made of stainless steel 304 sheet
Inner chamber dryer should be made of s.s 316
Heating and time control should be done digital temperature, time controller
Trays should be made from SS 316 sheets
Racks and trolleys racks should be provided for trays inside the dryer
Racks should be provided with wheels to slide them in and out of the dryer
Machine should be fitted with anchor bolt with vibration damper
Safety micro switches on door, depression and filter check
Self-diagnostic fault alarm systems, safety protection system
Power supply: 380v, +- 10%, 50hz
With all standard accessories
Equipped with removable lint screen Automatic and gives signal when finishing
Stainless steel drum Safety micros witches on door, Electrical heating system,
Air particle filter to ensure the drying air is free from particles.
Tumbler drier of solid steel construction
machine should have thermal overload protection system
cycle programming should be by varying temp or time
Ironing machine
Roller type: - Heater temperature adjustment for various types of clothes/garments
Having maximum and minimum speeds and reversing Roller length used to dry ironing.
Water spray. Variable thermostat control l
Roller length: - 2.5 meter
Roller diameter: = not less than 500mm
Ironing speed (Rotation speed:) m/minute - 0 -8
Motor power (KW): - 1.1 to 1.5
Electric heating power (KW)33 to 39
Roller type, stainless steel body
Electrical heating system
Heating range: max 200degC
Heater temperature adjustment for various types of garments
Having maximum and minimum adjustable speed
Noise level <65dB
Automatic control of overheating
Built in electric heating system with temperature setting unit
The machine must have Emergency stop button
Having driving and exhaust motors with brake system
Indication of ironing speed and temperature
Separate delivering and receiving table for dirty and clean linen
Variable setups for folding
Built-in feeding and length folding system
Frequency controlled motor
Automatic cool down
Power supply: three phase, 380v, +- 10% 50hz
An ironer with exhaust fan for the removal of vapors produced while ironing is preferable
The roller padding should ensure uniform pressure throughout its length
Final cover of the roller should be made with NOMEX which is high temp. resistant
The machine must have Emergency stop button
Ironing speed must be adjustable
Laundry trolley for wet clothes:
Material: chrome plated steel/polymers Capacity of not less than 60kg Built on heavy
duty castors. Mobile box of non-rust polymer construction for solidity and durability.
Dimensions: approx. 736 x 660 x 965 mm (h x w x l). With 2 rigid and 2 swivel castors.
With outlet tap.
Laundry trolley for dry clothes:
Material: chrome plated steel Capacity of not less than 40kg about 55kg
Built on heavy duty castors Material: chrome plated steel/polymers
Capacity of not less than 40kg Built on heavy duty castors.
Mobile box of non-rust polymer construction for solidity and durability.
Dimensions: approx. 736 x 660 x 965 mm (h x w x l).
With 2 rigid and 2 swivel castors.
Gloves: - Heavy duty type Rubber Gloves For laundry purpose
5. System Configuration Accessories, Spares, Consumables and other components:
Washer extractor, dryer and ironer should provide with all standard and complete accessories
6. Operating Environment;
Operating Temperature: +10 °C to + 40°C
Relative humidity: < 85%
7. Utility Requirements:
Electrical Power supply: Three phase, 380VAC ±10%, 50hz
The system must be inclusive of water supply with proper pressure
Should have proper drainage system
Should have heat ventilation and air circulation system
8. Standards & Safety Requirements:
Shal meet, ISO, and CE, Certification, this shall include standard and safety
requirement and also meet the following:
Shall meet IEC-6060 General Requirements of Safety for Electromagnetic Compatibility
Shall meet ISO 1042, safety requirements for hospital laundry machine
machine should have thermal overload protection system
Overall Turnkey Works
It is the responsibility of the Supplier to provide any turnkey works in all aspects for successful installation and co
the equipment. This shall include everything required for successful commissioning but not limited to the followin
a). Water Connection:
All water intake connection to the machine should be fitted with manual shut-off valves.
b). Drain Connection:
Bidder shall do drain outlet via either drilled floor or any other for drainage purpose
c). Electrical Connection:
Three phase electrical line from hospital MDB/Generator near to the machine ( Proper grounding should be includ
Three phase breaker with size as per manufacturer recommendation near to the machine.
d). Mechanical installation:
Bidder shall do if the machine needs a concrete floor with thickness recommended by the manufacturer.
e). Evacuation system:
To allow dryer, ironer to work at its best, air inlet passes through an opening outside
Air inlet opening should be standard and placed behind the
machine
Exhaust duct is made from galvanized steel not be from plastic ducting
9. Installation/Training/Commissioning:
The supplier must provide installation, and commissioning of the device at health Facility
The supplier must provide on site technical and end user training
10. Warranty/ After sales service:
The supplier must be provide minimum of Two years warranty including labor and spare part from the date of com
After basic warranty the supplier must agree for after sales service
10. Documentation:
The supplier must provide user manuals/operation manuals and Services manuals in English.
Procuring Entity’s Specification
Pulse oximeter, finger tip
Manufacturer
Country of origin
Model

Description: Pulse oximeters are medical devices that monitor the level of oxygen saturation in a patient's blood
and alert the health-care worker if oxygen levels drop below safe levels, allowing rapid intervention.

Technical requirement
Type: Fingertip SpO2:
Display range: 1 - 100 % accuracy - no motion, adults and children
Accuracy - with motion, adults and children: 70 - 100 % +/- 3 digits.
Accuracy - no motion, neonates: 70 - 100 % +/- 3 digits
Resolution: 1%
Pulse rate:
Display range: 25 – 240 bpm
Accuracy - with motion, adults, children, neonates: 25 - 240 bpm +/- 5 digits
Resolution: 1 bpm
Memory:
Not less than 3000 entries: begin and end of monitoring episodes, alarm limits
Alarms;
High priority: SpO2 high, SpO2 low, pulse high, pulse low
Medium Priority: battery depleted, sensor defect, data communication error
Low priority: battery low, defect alarm loud speaker
Interface:
Analog: SpO2: 0 - 1.0 V, Pulse rate: 0 - 2.4 V, Plethysmogram: 0 - 2.5 V
RS232 infrared remote alarm, nurse call
Power Supply:
External AC-adapter: 9.3 V
Internal Lithium-Ion-battery:7.2 V, 4Ah
Operating hours: min. 20 hrs, typ. 24 hrs
Min. charging duration: 6 Hrs

Supplied different probes: Fits fingers with a thickness of: Infant, child (greater than one year) and Adult

Operating Temperature: 5°C - 40°C


Storage Temperature: -20°C - 55°C
Relative Humidity: ±80% in operation/±93% in storage
Bidder’s Specification Statement of
as Technical Offer Compliance
Description
Suction machine (emergency), Electrical, 2 Bottle
Manufacturer
Country of origin
Model
General Description:
Pump, suction, surgical, 2 bottles, with accessories
Technical Specifications:
Electrical suction pump for use during surgical interventions
Suction jar: 2Xgraduated plastic jars autoclavable, each with a capacity of 2 L On 4 antistatic ball-
bearing swivel castors, 2 with breaks
Jars are covered and fitted with overflow control valves and antibacterial filters
Suction jar lid: The suction jar lid clips and where applicable the float mechanism, are autoclavable up
to 137ºC. The inlet connection is marked with the word PATIENT, the outlet connection (to the filter)
is marked with the word VACUUM.
Suction tubing: The filter tubing supplied is silicone rubber.
Pump: Heavy duty, oil free double piston
Suction minimum: approx 6 L/min
Vacuum pressure: 900mmHg
Vacuum adjustable from 0 to approx: - 900 mmHg
Control panel fit with analogue vacuum meter, vacuum control button and on/off-switch
Provided with handle for easy moving
Rounded design and easy-to-clean casing
Silent operation (maximum noise 50dB at 1m)
Power requirements: 220 V / 50 Hz
Two hour internally integrated battery backup.
Power consumption, approx: 500 W/ describe
Environmental condition:
Altitude: 2300m above sea level
Atmospheric pressure: Operational: 70 to 106 KPa Storage: 23.5 to 106 KPa
Temperature: Operational: +5ºC to +40ºC (+45ºF to +104ºF) Storage: - 40ºC to +70ºC (- 40ºF to
+158ºF)
Relative humidity: Maximum: 95% at 40ºC relative non-condensing
Power marking: The power switch is marked: I - on, O – off.
Resistance to chemicals: The external surfaces resistant to: 2% aqueous neutral detergent, 70% ethyl
alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, water.
Regulatory status: CE marked, regulatory approval from FMHACA
Supplied with parts:
3 x Set of silicone tubes (diameter: 8 x 14 mm– length approx: 2.5 m) and bi-conical connectors
1 x Spare jar of 2 L with cover, gasket and overflow valve
1 x Set of spare antibacterial filters
2x Set of spare fuses
Supplied with clear instructions / diagrams for use and assembly in English language, and with a list of
accessories / parts.
Acceptance Test
Demonstration of the performance of the instrument by running the machine.
Validation and verification of the instrument with respect to accuracy, performance and documentation.
Training completion.
Mechanical integrity test
Electrical integrity test
Proper installation
Warranty letter: 2 years comprehensive warranty should provide free of cost.
Offer Deviation if any
Technical requirements
STRETCHER
Manufacturer
Country of origin
Model
General description: Carrier, with movable side rail. On wheels
Heavy-duty carrying stretcher for hospital use.
Materials:
Frame: 18/10 stainless steel.
Castors: rubber and steel, zinc-coated
Overall size LWH: 2000x600x850mm
Useful size LWH: 1,800x520mm
Frame: tubes, 30mm diameter.
Movable side rails: right and left, quick one-handed locking and unlocking.
Headrest, adjustable.
Backrest angle: 0-75 degree
Castors: swivel wheels, diameter 120mm (2 with foot brakes).
Mattress: leatherette upholstery, easy to clean and X-ray transparent.
Size: 1,200x25040mm
Mattress thickness: 8cm
Must be corrosion-resistant (suitable for tropical environments) and support repeated
decontaminations (chlorine solution).
Carrying capacity: approximately 200kg.
Unit presentation: individually packaged, in knockdown construction, assembly instructions
included.
Packaging:
The following information must appear on the packaging:
Designation of item, address of supplier (manufacturer), and CE mark and reference number
of notifying body.
Must be EFDA registered
Other:
Supplied with clear instructions and diagrams for assembly in English, a list of accessories
and parts, and assembly-specific tools.
Offer Deviation if any
Technical requirements
Thermometer, Digital, armpit, Auxiliary
Manufacturer
Country of origin
Model
General Description
Estimate the temperature of a site on the skin
Overview of functional requirements
Displays patient temperature from the skin
Device must be reusable, with sterilizable surface
Display should be easily readable in all levels of ambient light
Beeper: beep when peak temperature is reached.

Error Messages: The display read error when a malfunction occurs and the thermometer will power off.

Detailed requirements
Specified accuracy to be better than +/- 0.1°C
Measurement range: 32°C to 43°C
High / low patient temperature display feature preferred
Safe to use, atraumatic, no glass, no mercury
Auto power off required after minimum of 1 minute
‘Out of range’ indication required
Response time to steady reading < 5 seconds required
Displayed parameters
Display graded in maximum 0.1 deg C steps.
High/low patient temperature, low battery, malfunction, °F or °C.
Liquid crystal display, easy to read

Supplied in protective case for clean storage and safe transport Must be lightweight and comfortable to
hold. There must be no sharp edges on the unit. Unit case should be hard and splash proof

Mobility, portability: Easy and safe transport to be possible by hand

Electrical, water and/or gas supply (if relevant): Powered by internal, rechargeable, replaceable battery

Battery cover to be secure but simple to open


Battery Life: more than 5000 measurements or approximately 2 years if used every other day.
Accessories (if relevant): Full range of any adaptors required to allow for measurement of all ages of
patient
Spare parts (if relevant): Replacement battery pack, supplied empty of charge
Capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of
15 to 90%.
Capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and relative humidity of 15
to 90%.

Requirements for commissioning (if relevant): Local clinical staff to affirm completion of installation

Training of user/s
User care (if relevant): The whole unit is to be cleanable with alcohol or chlorine wipes
Warranty: Up to 24 months
Type of service contract: NA
Documentation requirements:
User / technical manual to be supplied in local language.
Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine maintenance
Battery disposal according local laws
Estimated Life Span: 5 years
Regulatory Approval / Certification
Must be EFMHACA registered, CE or UL approved product. "Manufacturer / supplier should have ISO
certificate for quality standard.
Electrical safety conforms to standards for electrical safety IEC-60601-1.
Deviation if
Offer
any
Requirements
Infrared thermometer
Manufactu
Country of orig
Mo
Clinical purpose: Measuring the temperature of a site on the skin
Overview of functional requirements:
Displays patient temperature by measurement of infrared radiation from the skin.
Device must be reusable, with sterilizable surface.
Display should be easily readable in all levels of ambient light
Technical characteristics
Temperature range: 32°C to 42°C
Alarm Out of range indication required
Power: Auto power off required after minimum of 1 minute
Accuracy: ±0.3°C
Response time (95%): < 500ms (95% of reading)
Spectral response: 8 to 14 microns
Emissivity: 0.10 to 1.00
Optical resolution: 10:1 (calculated at 90% energy)
Display resolution: 0.1°C (0.2°F)
Repeatability of readings: ±0.8% of reading or < ±1.0°C (2°F), whichever is greater
Power: Auto power off required after minimum of 1 minute
Battery life: 10 hours with laser and backlight on
Battery cover to be secure but simple to open
Battery to allow at least 1,000 measurements between charges
Battery charger to operate from input supply 220 V, 50 Hz
Physical Specifications
Weight: <300g
Operating temperature: 0°C to 50°C (32°F to 122°F)
Operating humidity: 10% to 90% RH non-condensing at 30°C (86°F)
Operating altitude: 2300 meters above mean sea level
Drop test: 3 meters
Vibration and shock: IEC 68-2-6 2.5 g, 10 to 200 Hz, IEC 68-2-27, 50 g, 11ms
EMC: EN 61326-1:2006 EN 61326-2:2006
Standards and agency approval: Compliance: EN/IEC 61010-1: 2001
Laser safety: FDA and EN 60825-1 Class II
Warranty: 24 months from date of delivery
Accessories: Full range of any adaptors required to allow for measurement of all ages of patient
Spare parts: Replacement battery pack, supplied free of charge (for one year)
Documentation
Regulatory approval: EFDA registration certificate.
Manuals: Operators manual in English language
Spare parts: Replacement battery pack, supplied free of charge (for one year)
Offer Deviation if any
Requirement
Item: Weighing scale with height (adult)
Country of origin:
Manufacturer:
Model:
General:
Ideal scale for Physicians Offices, Weight Loss Clinics, Health Fitness Centers and other Medical practices.
Functional requirement:
Measures both weight and height
Digital display
Automatic calculation of BMI.
Display shows weight, height and BMI.
Prints weight, height and BMI automatically.
Heavy-duty scale base for assurance when weighing.
Technical requirements
Capacity: 200KG
Graduation: 50g
Accuracy: ± 5g, Precision: ± 5g
Measuring range: 20-250cm
Measuring graduation: 1mm
Accuracy: ± 0.2 cm, Precision: ± 0.2 cm
Display: 2.5cm LCD Display with 5 Digits
Power supply: Rechargeable batteries with power adapter
Slip resistant glass platform
Key Functions: ON/OFF, kg/lb, ZERO, HOLD, BMI
Auto Off: After 120 seconds of non-use
Built-in wheels for fast transport.
Performance requirement:
Warranty: Three years (separate letter)
CE (EU) qualified
US FDA 510 (k) certification
Installation and commissioning provided free of charge
Training shall be provided free of cost.
EFDA registration certification.
Clinical and biomedical staff to affirm completion of installation to accept/reject equipment.
Offer Deviation is any
Instructions:Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Co
each of the individual parameters of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equi
Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evide
the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance iss
manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is
found to be contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statem
Bidders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, pos
or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecuti

Procuring Entity’s Specification


Item description and requirements
Weighing scale/digital, Adult
General Description:
Digital adult weighing scale
Technical Specifications:
Easy to read large digital display1½ inch LCD display
Weighing range: 0 up to 150 kg
Scale accurately reads weight in 500 g increments
Extra wide base with non-slip foot guides
Easy cleaning and disinfection
Spring less technology, electronic measuring.
Turns on instantly when you step on
Recalibrates automatically to zero when you step off
Operates on one 9 volt battery
Low battery indicator
Material : Heavy duty plastic or synthetics
Packaging and labeling :
Primary packaging: Unit of use One (1) digital adult scale in box, with manufacturer's
instruction for use.
Accessories/Spare parts/Consumables: 9V batteries
Weight/Volume/Dimensions :
Estimated weight: 2.5kg
estimated volume: 3 cdm
Instructions for use: Weighing scale to be used in context of adult medical examination at
different in- and outpatient department of a hospital.
e the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against
ding performance parameter of the equipment offered.
cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in
ments of specification and compliance issued by the
nt that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently
evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the
be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification
he Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution

Bidder’s
Specification as
Technical Offer Statement of Compliance
Offer Deviation if any
Item description
Portable hemoglobin meter (invasive, point-of-care device)
Country of origin:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Technical requirement
Sample material: Capillary, venous or arterial whole blood.
Measurement range: 0-25.6 g/dL (0-256 g/L or 0-15.9 mmol/L).
Results: approx. 8 seconds.
Sample volume: approx. 10 µL.
Weight: maximum 500 g with batteries installed.
Power: AC adapter (220V 50Hz) and batteries.
Operating temperature: 10°C -43 °C (50-105 °F).
Interface: Printer and PC
Quality control: Built-in “self-test” and liquid controls.
Calibration: The system should be factory calibrated against the ICSH reference method for
hemoglobin and needs no further calibration.
Storage for the Analyzer: The analyzer should be stored at temperature 0-50 °C (32-122 °F).
Storage for the Micro cuvette: The micro cuvettes are to be stored at 10-40 °C (50-104 °F). Short-
term storage (6 weeks) -18-50 °C (0 – 122 °F).
Method: Spectrophotometry of hemoglobin and hemoglobin derivatives
Supplied with:
Instructions for use, preventive maintenance and troubleshooting in English.
Standard configuration and accessories
All necessary startup kit and consumables for 6-month consumption inclusively supplied.
Training, installation and utilization:
Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks before handover. Supplier to clearly state
supply current requirements of unit.
Two days training for operation of device.
Local clinical staff and Biomedical Engineers to affirm completion of installation
Documentation requirements:
Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
List to be provided of important spares, consumables and accessories, with their part numbers and
cost.
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided.
Regulatory approval: EFMHACA registration certificate, European CE
All technical specification should be supported with original data sheet highlighting the page number
in the compliance sheet. Photocopy/computer print will not be acceptable
SOP for the item.
Performance test results.
Separate reference letter (2) from local Government hospitals/health centers about timely completion
of installation and uninterrupted supply of consumables for the item to be supplied (same model).
Separate letter for 2-year warranty after installation with labor and spare.
offer Deviation if any
Item description
BP apparatus, Digital, Adult and pediatric
Country of origin:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Digital Blood Pressure Monitor Machine
General Description: Digital Blood Pressure Monitor with One-touch operation
Technical Specifications:
Blood pressure and pulse measurements
Fully automatic inflation and deflation Memory
Error Code indicator
Jumbo display
Automatic Switch off
Battery check
Oscillometric measuring method
High accuracy
Power requirements:
Power of 220 V ± 10%, 50 Hz.
Built-in re-chargeable battery
Regulatory Approval / Certification:
Certificate from EFDA for product registration, CE mark (EU) and US FDA 510(K)
Measurement method -Electronic
Measurement range:
Numerical display Pressure: 0 ~ 300 mmHg
Pulse: 30 ~ 200 beats / minute
Pressure bar display Pressure: 20 ~ 280 mmHg
Measurement accuracy
Numerical display Pressure: ±3 mmHg 15
Pulse: ±5 %
Pressure bar display Pressure: ±4 mmHg
Power supply- 2 x 1.5 V alkaline batteries (LR6 or AA)
Upper arm circumference -23 ~ 33 cm using the medium cuff
Number of measurements- Approx. 2000 measurements,
When AA alkaline batteries are used, with pressure value of 180 mmHg at room temperature of 23°C
Classification - Internally powered ME equipment
Continuous operation mode EMC IEC 60601-1-2: 2007
Operating conditions +10°C to +40°C / 15%RH to 85 %RH 800 hPa to 1060 hPa
Storage conditions -15°C to +60°C / 10%RH to 95 %RH
Dimensions standard
Weight standard
Documentation
User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English language.
Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine maintenance
List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers and cost.
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided
Offer Deviation if any
Item description
BP, apparatus, Aneroid
Country of origin
Manufacture
Mode
Overview of functional requirements
Inflatable rubber cuff surrounded by durable, flexible cover that can be easily fastened round upper arm
Aneroid pressure gauge displaying cuff pressure
Pumping bulb and valve allowing adjustment up and down of cuff pressure
The inflating bulb should be soft and should not have any joints or ridges.
Detailed requirements
Cuff arm fixing method to allow ease of use, ease of cleaning and low attraction of dirt; Washable size adjustable cuff (one size fits
all).
Pressure gauge to allow reading of pressure to 2mmHg accuracy
Maximum pressure to be at least 300mmHg
Gauge body to allow recalibration of readings, yet in normal operation be sealed and secure
The unit shall be designed to maintain calibration
The dial manometer markings and graduations should be permanent and
Clearly visible and filled with pigments, with diameter of minimum diameter of 160 mm.
All plastic parts, if any used should not crack, flake, peel or disintegrate in normal use.
Displayed parameters: (mmHg)
Components and Raw Materials
Rubber tubes to be detachable from other parts, allowing periodic cutting of decayed end.
Gauge body to include clip for mounting on cuff
Tube length to be greater than 30cm
Cuff surround to be removable and washable
To be supplied in protective, reclosable container
Should be provided with adult arm cuffs of size medium & large and pediatric cuff.
Mobility, portability: Portable
Aneroid: Aluminum light weight construction.
Cuff: fabric covered silicone rubber, length 0.54 m
Accessories
Child Velcro cuff
Flexible hose connecting inflation cuff to aneroid
One (1) aneroid in box with manufacturer's instruction for use.
Capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
Capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be provided
Warranty: Minimum of 2 years after installation
Documentation requirements
User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English language.
Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine maintenance
List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers and cost.
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided
Regulatory Approval / Certification
Should be EFMHACA registered, CE or UL approved product.
Offer Deviation if any
Item description and Rquirements
BP apparatus, mercurial
Country of origin:
Manufacturer:
Model:
General Description: Mercury sphygmomanometer
Technical Specifications:
Portable/ desk, with oversize, metal housing
colors (red, blue, green, yellow, black and silver), with chromed metal air release valve, bulb and cuff with 2-tube
latex bladder
Precision glass tube with inside diameter not less than 3.5 mm
Graduated scale to 300 mmHg, through clear and accurate scale markings
Mercury lock
Accuracy +/- 1 mm Hg
Certificate: CE-mark
FMHACA registered (certificate required)
Offer Deviation if any
Instructions:Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or
“Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of each Specification stating the corresponding
performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a
Bidders Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended
sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples,
independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently
found to be contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A
statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false
either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent
and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution

Bidder’s Specification as Statement of


Procuring Entity’s Specification
Technical Offer Compliance
Item: Supply, Delivery and Installation of at least 100KVA Diesel Generator; 220-240Vac; 3-Phase; 50Hz; 0.8PF;
Powered by branded and heavy-duty Diesel Engine; 1500RPM; 4-Stroke; Turbo-charged with after cooler directly
coupled to branded and heavy-duty brushless type AC Alternator
Manufacturer
Genset Model
Engine Model
Alternator Model
Country of Origin
Year of manufacture
GENERAL
Capacity: 100KVA prime power
Type: Automatic Start with ATS
Enclosure: sound proof canopy structure (With Exhaust Silencer (Hospital Grade Type))
ATS type: Standard integrated/separated
Generator/Manufacturer shall be ISO certified (must attach ISO certificates)
Load and function tests (at least 10 hours, fuel at the supplier’s cost)
Comprehensive user and technical manual w/ parts catalog
The diesel generator must include
Water jacket heater
Automatic battery charger
Pre-heater /Coolant/
Standard Circuit Breaker
Manual fuel gauge on Fuel tank and Digital fuel level sensors on controller
Fuel tanker: Minimum 10Hr consumption (Mandatory)
NB:
The bidder shall guarantee the provision of spare parts and after sales service.
The bidder shall have enough (greater or equal to 5 years) work experience related to the specific field (Power Generators
supply) and shall attach work experience testimony documents from reliable clients. (mandatory)
The bidder shall give detailed knowledge transfer technical training
The bidder shall visit installation site and get an approval letter from client (Mandatory)
Electromechanical erection and installation cost must be included (power cable cost per meter). (Mandatory)
Civil works (foundation and shade) must be included. (based on your site visit) (mandatory)
Technical data to the generating set
Rated site output: 100KVA/80KW (Mandatory)
Current (Amp.) Prime/Standby:160A (Mandatory)
No. of cylinders: 6Cylinders inline (Mandatory)
Rated voltage: 400/230V
Rated Frequency: 50HZ
Rated Speed: 1500RPM
Power Factor 0.8
Phase 3 + Neutral
Alternator connection: star
Excitation: Self excited
Overloading: 110% for 1 hour
OPERATING SITE CONDITION
The generating set is to be operated outdoor.
Altitude 2500 meter above sea level.
Temperature 40 and above deg. Centigrade.
DIESEL ENGINE GENERAL
The engine shall be turbocharged and intercooler with residential type silencer.
The engine shall be operated up to 1000 m altitude and 40°C ambient air temperature without derating.
The engine performance shall correspond to ISO 3046, BS 5514 and DIN 6271
The cooling system shall be water cooled by means of a closed loop pressurized water-cooling system and engine
mounted radiator with blower type fan which can maintain safe operation of the generator as well as the water jacket
heater should be installed in the cooling system.
Exhaust system shall be sized to comply with the engine manufacturer’s requirement for pressure drop. The necessary
extension pip should be provided to extend the exhaust outside the generator room.

Starting system of the engine shall be equipped with 12 V D.C. Electric starter motor with auto/manual start stop system.

The automatic battery charger shall include overload protection, DC ammeter and fused AC input.
The battery charger shall be mounted in the generator switch panel.
Speed governor shall be mechanical or electronics type.
Engine protection system shall be ensuring automatic shutdown to protect the engine from damage due to the following
abnormal conditions.
Low lubricating oil pressure
High cooling water temperature
Over/under speed
Over/under voltage
High/low oil pressure
High/Low frequency
Engine over crank
Low fuel level
Low battery level
SPECIFIC ENGINE DETAILS (Mandatory)
Engine Firing order shall clearly be stated on engine datasheet - (Mandatory)
Bore x stroke: 105x130mm (Mandatory)
Compression ratio: 18:1 (Mandatory)
Total displacement: 3.15L (Mandatory)
Injection type - Direct injection
Aspiration system - Turbo CAC (Mandatory)
Cooling type - Water cooled
Intake and Exhaust system detailed information shall be available on engine datasheet (mandatory)
Fuel tank capacity (Liter): 150
Recommended Fuel: Diesel (HSD)
Max allowable air intake restriction 3.5kpa at 1500rpm
Maximum exhaust temperature - 5400C
maximum allowed backpressure - 5kpa
Cooling air flow - 10-11m3/min
Fuel consumption at 1500rpm (Mandatory)
Fuel consumption 50% - 14L/h
Fuel consumption 75% - 17L/h
Fuel consumption 100% - 21L/h
Lubricating Oil system:
Lub oil sump capacity: 8.5 L
Oil change period (Hrs.): 500
Oil filters quantity (Nos) /type: 01 / spin on type
Oil Cooler: Water cooled
Derating (Mandatory)
The engine shall be operated up to 1000 m altitude and 40°C
ambient air temperature without derating.
Engine datasheet shall clearly show the following.
Charging alternator details (amperage, voltage, drive ratio etc.)
Starter motor details (KW, voltage, type etc.)
Engine Noise level (shall have low noise & ISO certified)
shall clearly be shown dB(A) on engine datasheet (Mandatory)
Maintenance
shall be accessible for easy maintenance
shall have disposable/replaceable air & oil filters
ALTERNATOR
Voltage: 380-440V
Frequency: 50Hz
Current @ 0.8PF (Amps): 69.6
Type: 4 Pole, Rotating field
Exciter Type: Brushless (Permanent magnet optional)
Leads: Quantity, type: 6, fixed. 12, re connectable (Optional)
Voltage regulator: Solid State
Insulation: Class H,
Temperature rise: 125 Deg. C (Class H)
Bearing: Quantity, type: 1, Sealed
Coupling: Flexible disc, Close coupled
Voltage regulation (No load to full load): 2 Phase sensing, ±1%
One step load acceptance: 100% of rating
Unbalance load capability: 25% of rated current
The alternator shall be 3 phase synchronous generator and it shall be brushless.
The automatic voltage regulating equipment shall maintain the alternator output voltage at +-1%of the rated voltage for
any steady load from no load to full load at any power factor. It shall also reestablish the voltage at rated value within
maximum of 2 seconds of sudden load change from no load to full load or vice versa. The AVR shall be housed in the
generator control panel.
GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL
The control panel shall include the following points:
Auto start, test, manual start and stop button
Battery charger
D.C voltmeter
Frequency meter
Emergency push button
Hour run meter
Oil pressure indicator
Water temperature indicator
Engine alarm light
Reset button and etc.
DOCUMENTATIONS
Operating and service manuals
Wiring diagrams
Spare part catalogue
Manufacturer standard tools
INSTALLATION WORKS:
Complete supply, delivery of materials and construction of individual powerhouses including generator base and other
civil/structural related works.
Complete supply, delivery and installation of mechanical parts and accessories.

Complete supply, delivery and installation of electrical parts, wires/cables, panelboards, breakers, roughing-ins and others.

Complete supply, delivery and installation of ventilation requirements of Power House


OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF ACCEPTABILITY:
The equipment/machines must be a BRAND-NEW unit and under warranty including spare parts for at least two (2)
years. Supplier must bind itself to conduct preventive maintenance on a quarterly basis at its own expense (including
labor and cost of spare parts in compliance).
All machines must be manufactured by a known and reputable company with Certificate of Good Manufacturing Practice
(GMP), TUV or ISO or its equivalent for equipment/machine only.
The equipment / machine must be able to comply with its installation and operation qualification which would be
conducted in the presence of Technicians, Operators, End-users and the Company Engineers.
Supplier must comply with the following conditions:
Must either be the exclusive or authorized distributor of the principal company of the equipment and the necessary parts
and accessories
Submit certificate of training of the company engineer / technical personnel and product specialist issued by the Principal
or Manufacturer.
Provide company response within 24 – 48 hours in case of technical problems or equipment breakdown.

In case of machine downtime, the supplier is given three (3) days for remedial action (repair and or replacement of spare
parts). On the 4th day, if the unit is not operational, a back-up machine shall be provided (within the warranty period).

The Supplier must submit the following:


Three (3) copies of the Operating and Service Manuals in English during the delivery of the equipment.
Notarized Certificate of availability of spare parts and accessories for the next ten (10) years.
The principal in coordination with the supplier must provide a comprehensive certification training program preferably
onsite for the end-users, operators and technicians without additional cost to the procuring entity. Supplier must submit a
comprehensive training module as part of the technical specification which covers product orientation, hands-on training
and troubleshooting.
Cost of damages on the existing facility that will be incurred during delivery and installation of all equipment will be
shouldered by the supplier.
The bidder must submit Site inspection certificate issued by the procuring entity as part of the Eligibility and Technical
Requirements.

The Health Center has the right to terminate the contract for any violation in the right to terminate the contract for any
violation in the terms and conditions stated in this technical specification and other reasons as stated in the GCC.
Instructions:Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each
corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders B
form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by the manufactur
that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evalua
of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the
supplier liable for prosecution

Procuring Entity’s Specification

Supply, Delivery and Installation of at least 40KVA Diesel Generator; 220/400Vac; 3-Phase; 50Hz; 0.8PF; Powered by branded and hea
duty Diesel Engine; 1500RPM; 4-Stroke; and heavy-duty brushless type AC Alternator
Manuf
Genset
Engine
Alternator
Country of
Year of manu
GENERAL
Capacity: 40KVA prime power
Type: Automatic Start with ATS
Enclosure: sound proof canopy structure (With Exhaust Silencer (Hospital Grade Type), 70 dB @ 1 mtrs
ATS type: Standard integrated/separated
Generator/Manufacturer shall be ISO certified (must attach ISO certificates)
Load and function tests (at least 10 hours, fuel at the supplier’s cost)
Comprehensive user and technical manual with parts catalog
Amps: 35 Per Phase
Phase: Single Phase & 3 Phase
The diesel generator must include
Water jacket heater
Automatic battery charger
Pre-heater /Coolant/
Standard Circuit Breaker
Manual fuel gauge on Fuel tank and Digital fuel level sensors on controller
Fuel tanker: Minimum 10Hr consumption (Mandatory)
Civil works (foundation and shade) must be included. (based on your site visit) (mandatory)
Technical data to the generating set
Rated site output: 40KVA/32KW (Mandatory)
Current (Amp.) Prime/Standby:160A (Mandatory)
No. of cylinders: 6Cylinders inline (Mandatory)
Rated voltage: 400/230V
Rated Frequency: 50HZ
Rated Speed: 1500RPM
Power Factor 0.8
Phase 3 + Neutral
Alternator connection: star
Excitation: Self excited
Overloading: 110% for 1 hour
OPERATING SITE CONDITION
The generating set is to be operated outdoor.
Altitude 2500 meter above sea level.
Temperature 40 and above deg. Centigrade.
DIESEL ENGINE GENERAL
The engine shall be turbocharged and intercooler with residential type silencer.
The engine shall be operated up to 1000 m altitude and 40°C ambient air temperature without derating.
The engine performance shall correspond to ISO 3046, BS 5514 and DIN 6271

The cooling system shall be water cooled by means of a closed loop pressurized water-cooling system and engine mounted radiator with
blower type fan which can maintain safe operation of the generator as well as the water jacket heater should be installed in the cooling sy

Exhaust system shall be sized to comply with the engine manufacturer’s requirement for pressure drop. The necessary extension pip shou
provided to extend the exhaust outside the generator room.
Starting system of the engine shall be equipped with 12 V D.C. Electric starter motor with auto/manual start stop system.
The automatic battery charger shall include overload protection, DC ammeter and fused AC input.
The battery charger shall be mounted in the generator switch panel.
Speed governor shall be mechanical

Engine protection system shall be ensuring automatic shutdown to protect the engine from damage due to the following abnormal condit

Low lubricating oil pressure


High cooling water temperature
Over/under speed
Over/under voltage
High/low oil pressure
High/Low frequency
Engine over crank
Low fuel level
Low battery level
SPECIFIC ENGINE DETAILS (Mandatory)
Engine Firing order shall clearly be stated on engine datasheet - (Mandatory)
Bore x stroke: 105x130mm (Mandatory)
Compression ratio: 18:1 (Mandatory)
Total displacement: 3.15L (Mandatory)
Injection type - Direct injection
Aspiration system - Turbo CAC (Mandatory)
Cooling type - Water cooled
Intake and Exhaust system detailed information shall be available on engine datasheet (mandatory)
Fuel tank capacity (Liter): 150
Recommended Fuel: Diesel (HSD)
Max allowable air intake restriction 3.5kpa at 1500rpm
Maximum exhaust temperature - 5400C
maximum allowed backpressure - 5kpa
Cooling air flow - 10-11m3/min
Fuel consumption at 1500rpm (Mandatory)
Fuel consumption 100% - 10L/h
Lub oil sump capacity: 8.5 L
Oil change period (Hrs.): 500
Oil filters quantity (Nos) /type: 01
Oil Cooler: Water cooled
Derating (Mandatory)
Engine datasheet shall clearly show the following.
Charging alternator details (amperage, voltage, drive ratio etc.)
Starter motor details (KW, voltage, type etc.)
Engine Noise level (shall have low noise & ISO certified)
shall clearly be shown dB(A) on engine datasheet
ALTERNATOR
Voltage: 380-440V
Frequency: 50Hz
Current @ 0.8PF (Amps): 75
Type: 4 Pole, Rotating field
Exciter Type: Brushless (Permanent magnet optional)
Leads: Quantity, type: 6, fixed. 12, re connectable (Optional)
Voltage regulator: Solid State
Insulation: Class H,
Temperature rise: 125 Deg. C (Class H)
Bearing: Quantity, type: 1, Sealed
Coupling: Flexible disc, Close coupled
Voltage regulation (No load to full load): 2 Phase sensing, ±1%
One step load acceptance: 100% of rating
Unbalance load capability: 25% of rated current
The alternator shall be 3 phase synchronous generator and it shall be brushless.
The automatic voltage regulating equipment shall maintain the alternator output voltage at +-1%of the rated voltage for any steady load
no load to full load at any power factor. It shall also reestablish the voltage at rated value within maximum of 2 seconds of sudden load c
from no load to full load or vice versa. The AVR shall be housed in the generator control panel.
GENERATOR CONTROL PANEL
The control panel shall include the following points:
Auto start, test, manual start and stop button
Battery charger
D.C voltmeter
Frequency meter
Emergency push button
Hour run meter
Oil pressure indicator
Water temperature indicator
Engine alarm light
Reset button and etc.
DOCUMENTATIONS
Operating and service manuals
Wiring diagrams
Spare part catalogue
Manufacturer standard tools
INSTALLATION WORKS:
Complete supply, delivery of materials and construction of individual powerhouses including generator base and other civil/structural re
works.
Complete supply, delivery and installation of mechanical parts and accessories needed for 2years service.
Complete supply, delivery and installation of electrical parts, wires/cables, panelboards, breakers, roughing-ins and others
Complete supply, delivery and installation of ventilation requirements of Power House
OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF ACCEPTABILITY:

The equipment/machines must be a BRAND-NEW unit and under warranty including spare parts for at least two (2) years. Supplier mus
itself to conduct preventive maintenance on a quarterly basis at its own expense (including labor and cost of spare parts in compliance).
All machines must be manufactured by a known and reputable company with Certificate of Good Manufacturing Practice (GMP), TUV
or its equivalent for equipment/machine only.
The equipment / machine must be able to comply with its installation and operation qualification which would be conducted in the prese
Technicians, Operators, End-users and the Company Engineers.
Supplier must comply with the following conditions:

Must either be the exclusive or authorized distributor of the principal company of the equipment and the necessary parts and accessories

Submit certificate of training of the company engineer / technical personnel and product specialist issued by the Principal or Manufactur

Provide company response within 24 – 48 hours in case of technical problems or equipment breakdown.
In case of machine downtime, the supplier is given three (3) days for remedial action (repair and or replacement of spare parts). On the 4
if the unit is not operational, a back-up machine shall be provided (within the warranty period).
The Supplier must submit the following:
Three (3) copies of the Operating and Service Manuals in English during the delivery of the equipment.
Notarized Certificate of availability of spare parts and accessories for the next ten (10) years.
The principal in coordination with the supplier must provide a comprehensive certification training program preferably onsite for the end
operators and technicians without additional cost to the procuring entity. Supplier must submit a comprehensive training module as part
technical specification which covers product orientation, hands-on training and troubleshooting.
Cost of damages on the existing facility that will be incurred during delivery and installation of all equipment will be shouldered by the
supplier.
The bidder must submit Site inspection certificate issued by the procuring entity as part of the Eligibility and Technical Requirements.
The Health Center has the right to terminate the contract for any violation in the right to terminate the contract for any violation in the te
and conditions stated in this technical specification and other reasons as stated in the GCC.
NB:
The bidder shall have enough (greater or equal to 5 years) work experience related to the specific field (Power Generators supply) and sh
attach work experience testimony documents from reliable clients. (mandatory)
The bidder shall give detailed knowledge transfer technical training
The bidder shall visit installation site and get an approval letter from client and identify Electromechanical erection, transportation and
installation cost (Mandatory)
Electromechanical erection and installation cost must be included (power cable cost) Mandatory
t each of the individual parameters of each Specification stating the
ers Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the
acturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement
valuation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement
of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the Bidder or

Bidder’s Specification as Statement of


Technical Offer Compliance
Bidder’s Specification as Technical
Procuring Entity’s Specification Offer
Vortex Mixer, Fixed & Variable Speed Vortex
Shaker
Manufacturer
Model
Country of origin
Speed 1000: rpm in continuous mode
Speed: 2800 rpm in touch mode
Orbit: 4.2mm
Action type: Touch and continuous
1 rubber cup & plastic adapter
Max. Load: 1 kg
Power Supply: 220 / 230 Volts 50 Hz
Includes:
Plate adapter with rubber disc
Plain adapter foam
Statement of Compliance
Procuring Entity’s Specification
ITEM: Freezer – 500L, Laboratory
Clinical Purpose/Description:
Horizontal Pharmaceutical/Laboratory freezers for storage of vaccines, blood plasma, and other
sensitive materials under stable temperature conditions at-15°C to -50°C.
Technical Specification:
Hold over time during: power cut: Greater or equal to 12Hr
Ice pack freezing capacity: At least 50 Kg/24 hour
Features: Temperature range: down to -40 C. Hot zone appliance compression type
Refrigerant CFC free
Automatic defrost.
Fan-cooled for even distribution of air in the cabinet
Easily adjustable shelves
Easily adjustable ≥ 3 drawers
Lockable door, solid
Electronic temperature control: -15 to -40 0C
Freezer >3 Compartments
Accuracy, whatever the load: +/- 1 0C
Slow motion Lid opening: Pneumatic door opening system
Heavy-duty Rear wheel locking casters Fitted at Bottom for Easy Movement.
Informative display and control screen with history tracking

Easy data transportation through USB port and it must also have on board diagnostic software.

Independent Dual Compressor System


Attachable external remote alarm system
Temperature monitoring:
External digital display with actual interior temperature, minimal graduation 0.1 0C
Electronic temperature recording device/ electronic temperature logger
Audio and visual alarm system indicates unsafe temperatures
Battery back-up for audio and visual alarm system, and temperature recording device Fitted with
integrated castors
Minimum compressor starting voltage: 22 % below nominal voltage
Supplied with automatic voltage regulator: Microprocessor controlled spike and surge protection, and
protection against disturbances
Multiple LED bar-graphs display: connected/disconnected status, voltage fluctuation and load as % of
nominal current
Electronic fuse disconnects and reconnects automatically
KVA rating matches power consumption of the freezer
Power requirements: 220V / 50Hz
Accepted input range: -20 % to +20 %
Response time: <15 ms
System Configuration Accessories, Spares, Consumables and other components:
Spare parts to be included for each freezer
All standard accessories, consumables and parts required to operate the equipment, including all
standard tools and cleaning and lubrication materials including items not specified above
Operating Environment;
Operating Temperature: +10°C to 30°C
Relative humidity: < 85%
Utility Requirements:
Electrical Power Supply: 220VAC +10%/50HZ
Standards and Safety Requirements:
Shall meet IEC-60601(Or Equivalent) General Requirements of Safety for Electromagnetic
Compatibility
Shall meet ISO 13485 Medical Device Quality Management system (Or Equivalent)
Installation, Training and Commissioning:
The supplier must provide installation, and commissioning of the device at health Facility
The supplier must provide onsite technical and end user training
Warranty and After Sale service:
The supplier must be provide minimum of Two years warranty including labor and spare part from the
date of commissioning.
After basic warranty the supplier must agree for after sales service
Documentation:
ISO and CE certification
User and service manual in English
Registered to be sold in local market from FMHACA
Packaging and Labeling:
Packing of all the goods clearly marked and securely packed.
Each goods will be further packed in separate package with all its standard accessories of distinct
identification and numbers consecutively.
Each item with all accessories /spare part configured and packed in one unit.
Bidder’s Specification as Statement of
Technical Offer Compliance
Procuring Entity’s Specification
Centrifuge, Table top non refrigerated
Purpose/function
Used mainly in the clinical laboratory to separate the components of suspensions through
low- or medium-speed centrifugal force

Overview of functional requirements:


Separates component parts of samples by centrifugal force.
Shall have a facility for 12 samples at once, rotated in a balanced fashion.
Speed and duration of operation can be varied by user.
Detail requirement:
Bench top non refrigerated centrifuge type: for conical and round bottom tubes
Microprocessor controlled
Drive System: Direct, brushless induction motor
Digital display for speed and time
Adjustable speed: 6000 rpm
At least twelve samples to be contained at one time.
Timer: 1 - 60 minutes with interval of 1minute
Diagnostic program and alarm indicators (i.e. imbalance, over speed, lid open)
Safety auto Lid locking and holding, emergency lid lock release
Casting stainless steel
Power requirements: 220 V / 50 Hz
Protections against over-voltage and over-current line conditions.
Electric braking feature incorporated.
Power on button to be mounted on front panel.
Automatic rotor identification and g-force conversion.
Tachometer display of rpm required, with accuracy of better than 5%.
Displayed parameters
Alert indicators are required for imbalance, lid open and cycle complete.
Timer display required, showing cycle time remaining.
Speed
Accessories and spare parts
Two sets of spare fuses (if non-resettable fuses used)
1 x Swing-out rotor, 12 x 10 ml,
Training, installation and commissioning

Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks before handover free of charge.

Local clinical staff to affirm completion of installation.


Training of technical personnel in advanced maintenance free of charge
Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be provided free of charge.
Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented.
Pre installation:
N/A
Warranty/ after sales service:

The bidder must provide two-year warranty including both labour and Spare parts starting
from the date of commissioning
This will be followed by 5 years comprehensive advanced maintenance contract.
Spare parts availability post-warranty: Manufacturer/principal to give undertaking to provide
spares for next 5 years of their quoted model.
Documentation:
User and Service manuals, Certificate of calibration supplied with each device in English
language

All technical specification should be supported with original data sheet highlighting the page
number in the compliance sheet. Photocopy/computer print will not be acceptable

List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers and cost.

Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.

Regulatory approval certificate from EFMHACA and FDA/CE/ISO 13485 and IEC 60601

List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine
maintenance
Operating Environment:
Temperature: 08°C to 40°C
Humidity: 15% to 90%
Packaging and Labelling
Packaging of all goods must be clearly marked and securely packed. Each Device will be
further packed in separate package with all its standard accessories of distinct identification
and numbers consecutively.
Additional Packing and Labeling requirement should bear in each package
Bidder’s Specification as
Technical Offer Statement of Compliance
Procuring Entity’s Specification
Water distiller, 20L/H
Device distillates tap water and separates from contaminants to produce 99.9% distill water
Health center, district hospital, provincial hospital, specialized hospital
Laboratory
Provides still water 20 liters
Technical characteristics
Automatic water stills
Pyrex double pitch coil condenser that gives low temperature distillate
Automatic cut off in the absence/low water level
Cut out in the event of feed water failure
Stainless steel is used for containers and condenser system
Output: 20L/H
Voltage: 220 V, 50 Hz, ±10% or 380 V, 50 Hz, 3 phases
Capable to work with tap water
Supplied With:
Pyrex reservoir complete.
Spare heater(two)
Standard accessories and configuration
Environmental requirements
Capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to 50 degree Celsius and relative humidity of 15 to
Capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 08 to 40 degree Celsius and relative humidity of 15 to 9
Training, installation and utilization
Supplier to perform installation, commissioning, safety and operation checks before handover free of charge.
Local clinical staff to affirm completion of installation.
Technical and operators training free of charge.
Warranty and maintenance
Warranty: Not less than 24 months(including spare parts)
Comprehensive service (maintenance) agreement free of charge within warranty period.
User and Service manuals, Certificate of calibration supplied with each device in English language
All technical specification should be supported with original data sheet highlighting the page number in the complian
Photocopy/computer print will not be acceptable
List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers and cost.
Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
Regulatory approval certificate from EFMHACA and FDA/CE/ISO 13485 and IEC 60601
List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine maintenance
Standard accessories and configuration certificate.
Bidder’s Specification as Statement of
Technical Offer Compliance

15 to 90%.

mpliance sheet.
Procuring Entity’s Specification
Model:
Manufacturer:
Country of origin:
Item: IV stand
Description: Table, examination in 2 sections.
Technical Features:
Heavy weight four-leg base with 8-inch swivel casters, two with brake.
Height easily adjusts from 150cm to 250cm by turning the knob counterclockwise—turns the knob
clockwise to tighten and lock in height.
Four hook tops with stainless steel finish.
Two-piece telescoping 30 mm-diameters tubulars 16-gauge type 304 stainless steel pole.
20˝ (51mm)-diameter, 17-lb. (7.7 kg), five-leg black epoxy coated height-weight base.
3˝ (76mm) premium swivel casters with rubber wheel— two with brake.
Knob-operated height adjustment from 148 to 250cm
Four-hook top.
Holds not less than 9.0 kg of I.V. fluid.
Easy-to-clean surfaces
Materials:
Stainless steel
Frame: Stainless steel.
Dimensions:
Frame, diameter: approx. 30 mm.
Must be cleaned after each use.
Acceptance testing
The acceptance tests at the final destination include the following:
Demonstration of the performance of the instrument.
Validation of the instrument with respect to accuracy and performance and documentation.
Training completion.
Mechanical integrity test
Warranty: 2 years comprehensive warranty by separate letter
Any other items required to make it a complete system to be quoted and provided by supplier
Bidder’s Specification as Statement of
Technical Offer Compliance
Procuring Entity’s Specification
Model:
Manufacturer:
Country of origin:
Oxygen concentrator
Compact and easy to transport oxygen concentrator.
Device concentrates oxygen from ambient air.
Integrated Oxygen Sensing Device (OSD) measures concentration at flow meter entrance.
Output flow: max 10LPM (Liter Per Minute)
Flow meter range: 1 to 10 LPM
Output pressure: Approx. 60 Kpa.
Oxygen concentration: Approx. 95% ±3% at 1-5 LPM, 92% ±3% at 7 LPM, 90% ±3% at 10 LPM.
Time to reach 95% the specified performance: Approx.2 minutes.
Four-step filtering (coarse, pre, inlet and bacterial) of air-intake.
All filters replaceable, coarse filter washable/reusable.
Continuous monitoring, with visual and audible alert on: Low and high output pressure and Low oxygen concentratio
Oxygen monitor: amber light on the front illuminates when oxygen concentrator is below 85%.
If concentration remains below 85% for more than 15 minutes, an audible alarm sound.
Safety Alarms: Audible and visual
Power Failure,
Restricted Flow,
Battery test, and
Low O2
Temperature operating range: 20 to 60 C
Relative humidity operating range: up to 99%
Sound level produced: 40 to 50 dB(A)
Power requirements: 220V, 50Hz
Power consumption, approx.: 500 W
Warranty: two years
Oxygen concentrator is supplied as a complete set with:
1 x Oxygen concentrator
1 x Power cord
2 x Adult cannula, with 2 m tubing.
4 x Infant cannula, with 2 m tubing.
4 x Pediatric Cannula, with 2 m tubing.
3 x Connector for above.
4 x Humidifiers.
4 x 50' tubing.
4 x Adapter kit.
1 x Box of 6 coarse filters (spare)
3 x Pre-filters (spare)
3 x Inlet-filters (spare)
3 x Bacterial-filters (spare)
Documentation
User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English language.
Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine maintenance
List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers and cost.
Warranty certificate
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided
FMHACA product registration certification
After sales service agreement (for two years during warranty period) including spare parts and labor free of charge.
Bidder’s Specification as Statement of
Technical Offer Compliance

oncentration
Procuring Entity’s Specification

Oxygen Cylinder, 50 L with trolley, Regulator, Humidifier and Flow meter


Manufacturer:
Country of Origin:
Model:
Description:
A container designed as a refillable cylinder used to hold compressed medical oxygen (O2)
under safe conditions at high pressure.
High pressure seamless cylinder for medical oxygen gas, cylinder are marked confirming to
ISO 9809
Cylinder made from Manganese Steel.
46.7 Ltr. Water capacity (220 Cu. Ft.)
Fitted with bull nose type values as per ISO: 3224, and neck cap.
Valve made of Brass and Chrome Plated.
Working pressure 150 Kg. f/cm2 at 15 degC.
Hydraulic test pressure 250 Kg.f / cm2.
Color code of the cylinder should: Green preferable
Filled with Medical Oxygen (Jumbo) gas of medical grade.
Matching Key cum spanner to release Oxygen for each cylinder separately.
Minimum 3 years guarantee for cylinder
Bidder’s Specification as Statement of
Technical Offer Compliance
Procuring Entity’s Specification

Item: Oxygen regulator With Flow Meter and Humidifier (Compatible with Oxygen cylinder available)
Country of origin:
Manufacturer:
Model:
Flow meter regulator type: bull nose
Calibrated for Oxygen gas.
Back pressure compensated.
Polycarbonate tubes, chrome-plated brass body.
200 Bar, 0 - 15 LPM flow range.
2" Pressure gauge
Supply Pressure: 500 to 2200 psi
Outlet Pressure: High flow outlets: 40 to 50 psi at 500 to 2200 psi inlet pressure
Flow Capacity: High flow outlets: 125 LPM minimum single or combined flow with 500 psi inlet pressure
Constant flow outlet selections: 0-15 lpm: 0, .5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 15 0-25 lpm: 0, .5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
15, 20, 25
Filter: 25 micron sintered bronze Safety Relief Pressure: 50-125 psi
Operating Temperature: 8° C to 40° C Storage Temperature: 0°C to 45° C
Materials: Body - nickel-plated brass; knob - anodized aluminum; outlets - nickel-plated brass; internal parts -
brass, stainless steel, Viton®, silicon, and Teflon®
Product Certificate:
FMHACA product registration certificate
Packaging of all goods must be clearly marked and securely packed.
Each Device will be further packed in separate package with all its standard accessories of distinct identification
and numbers consecutively.
Bidder’s Specification as Statement of
Technical Offer Compliance
Procuring Entity’s Specification
Stethoscope, binaural, adult
Model:
Manufacturer:
Country of origin:
Clinical or other purpose
Listening to sounds from the heart, lungs, and/or gastrointestinal tract.
Overview of functional requirements
Instrument for listening to sounds within the body.
Easy to dismantle, and therefore to clean and disinfect.
Detailed requirements
Double cup for adult auscultation: diaphragm 28mm. Sensitivity 3.2dB in a range from 50 to 500Hz for
cardiology.
The Y tube treated rubber with large diameter of 10 mm.
Arms with spring treated to give lasting spring and maximum reliability and comfort
Removable ear-pieces. Easy to dismantle, and therefore to clean and disinfect.
Components: Ear pieces; Y Tube; arms; double cup; diaphragm membranes
Mobility, portability: Portable
Raw Materials
Chest piece in stainless steel or chromed brass.
Y tube treated rubber.
Arms stainless steel or chrome brass.
Plastic ear-pieces.
Accessories
Supplied with spare diaphragms or diaphragm membrane, y tube and a pair of ear-pieces
Warranty: 2 year
Estimated Life Span: 4 years
Regulatory Approval / Certification
EFMHACA registered, CE mark (EU)
Bidder’s Specification as
Technical Offer Statement of Compliance
Procuring Entity’s Specification
Temperature monitor (30days temperature lodger, digital, for vaccine refrigerator)
Mode
Manufacture
Country of origi
Purpose/ function:
Electronic refrigerator logger, with factory-programmed alarms and visual display for monitoring storage conditions i
vaccine refrigerators over a 30 day period.
Detail requirement:
Operating temperature range: Upper limit: +50°C. Lower limit: -20°C
Accuracy: ±0.5°C or better within the range -20°C to +20°C for a minimum of 12 months following initial calibration or
subsequent re-calibration. ±1.0°C or better after 12 months if re-calibration is not carried out.
Resolution: ±0.2°C or better within the range -20°C to +20°C
Power source: Non-replaceable battery.
Product response time: T90 20 minutes maximum in accordance with EN12830:1999.
Sensor:
Electronic:
Integrated sensor devices: The complete device is to be mounted inside the cabinet in a position which accurately measures the
load temperature.
Remote sensor devices: The temperature display unit is to be physically attached to the outside of the cabinet and the sensor lea
is to pass through the door seal. The sensor head is to be physically attached to the inside of the refrigerator or freezer in a
position which accurately measures the load temperature.
Unit of measurement:
Temperatures must be recorded and displayed in degrees centigrade.
Calibration:
Each product is to be covered by a Certificate of Traceability and Calibration. The traceability declaration is to confirm that the
measurement standards and instruments used during calibration of the product are traceable to an ISO/IEC 17025 accredited
testing laboratory, to NIST, or to another internationally recognized standards agency.
Logging interval:
The device must measure the storage temperature at intervals not exceeding 10 minutes and log all relevant data at intervals not
exceeding one hour.
Mode of operation:

The device is to measure and log the temperature inside the refrigerator cabinet periodically, as described in clause 4.2.9, for a
period of 30 days. It must be possible to read the maximum and minimum logged temperatures for each day via a ‘history mode
function. If, at any time during the 30 day cycle the temperature in the cabinet exceeds the high alarm setting or drops below th
low alarm setting for the periods described in clause 4.2.13, the device is to display the relevant alarm condition(s). At the end
of the 30 day cycle the device is to continue the temperature and alarm monitoring process by incrementally overwriting data
older than 30 days. The ‘history mode’ function must be programmed to include a ‘pause period’ so that transient temperatures
are not recorded when the device is temporarily removed from the refrigerated environment for reading purposes. The ‘pause
period’ operates by suspending the processing the reading of alarm events, maximum/minimum temperatures and duration
statistics for a suitable period of time after button press activity. The operation of the internal clock must not be interrupted whe
the pause function is activated.

Delayed start option:


A delayed start option may be offered, which, after initial switch-on, allows the device to stabilize to the temperature of the
refrigerated environment before it starts recording. The period of delay should not exceed 30 minutes when subjected to the
following operating conditions:
• Device temperature at time of introduction to refrigerated environment: +43°C.
• Temperature of refrigerated environment: +5°C.
• Air movement in refrigerator: Still air, no circulation fan.
Alarm:
• Remote sensor devices: Products with a remote temperature sensor are to include a high breach and low breach visual alarm.
An audible alarm is optional.
• Integrated sensor devices: Devices with an integrated temperature sensor are to include a high breach and low breach visual
alarm only.
Alarm settings: Upper and lower alarm settings must be factory programmed into the device as follows:
• Low alarm setting: Exposure to a single temperature event of -0.5°C or below for 60 minutes.
• High alarm setting: Exposure to a single temperature event of +8°C or above for 10 hours.
Casing:
Non-corrodible plastics or metal case.
Battery:
Non-replaceable battery with a minimum operating life of two years after a maximum shelf life of one year.
Electromagnetic compatibility:
Operation of the device must be unaffected in the normal electromagnetic compatibility environment in which it is intended to
work, taking into account disturbance generated by adjacent apparatus which is compliant with relevant ISO, EN, ANSI or othe
internationally recognized standards. Information required to ensure uninterrupted use of the device must be contained in the
user instructions.
Sensor lead protection:
Remote sensor leads are to be of a size and shape which does not damage the door seal or cause an air leak. The lead is to be
positively located and protected against mechanical damage where it passes through the seal.
PC interface:
It must be possible to extract all the data itemized in this specification without connection to a PC or other peripheral device.
Products with an optional PC data interface may be considered.
Environmental requirements:
Ambient temperature range during transport and storage: -30°C to +55°C with device inactivated.
Ambient humidity range during transport, storage and use: 5 to 95% RH.
Resistance to electrical storms:
The functionality of the device must not be affected by intense electrical storm activity.
Impact resistance:
Product to withstand 5 drops from 1 meter onto a concrete floor, with battery in place, without physical damage or loss of
calibration. Products which are stored with the vaccine load must withstand this test when cooled to 0°C.
Vibration:
Product to withstand 30 minutes on a programmable vibrating table without physical damage or loss of calibration.
Physical characteristics:
Overall dimensions:
Dimensions not critical provided volume does not exceed 200 cubic
centimeters.
Weight: Not critical.
Interface requirements:
Software compatibility:
Devices with PC interface option only:
• If the software requires an interface with a proprietary spreadsheet program, the list of compatible programs must include all
releases of Microsoft Excel currently supported by Microsoft.
• The software must be compatible with all Microsoft PC operating systems currently supported by Microsoft.
Activation:
• The product is to be activated by the insertion of a battery and/or by means of a switch. The device is to remain activated until
the expiry or removal of the battery.
De-activation:
• It should not be possible to de-activate the product inadvertently.
Warranty:
• The product is to be covered by a one year replacement warranty in the event of any component failure not caused by
mechanical damage.
Servicing provision:
• The product is to be maintenance-free apart from routine battery replacement.
• Instructions:
User instructions (including software manual if applicable), in English. The software manual may be in hard copy format or
supplied with the software on 3.5 inch diskette or CD.
Bidder’s Specification as
Technical Offer Statement of Compliance
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Co
of the individual parameters of each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipmen
Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evide
form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued
manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is
to be contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement eith
statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualifi
execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Procuring Entity’s Specification


Patient Bed Screen (3 section)
Model:
Manufacturer:
Country of origin:
General Description:
Mobile screen to screen patients during clinical examinations for privacy
Technical Specifications:
Mobile three section bed screen
Comprising a metal tube frames mounted on 4 casters.
Casters positioned in a broad stance for stability of the frame.
Frame suspends a curtain material for privacy.
Each side of the frame has a hinged section that can be angled for privacy.
Frame of round enameled coated steel
Curtains of white plastic material
Dimensions (w x d x h), (2.10 x 0.05 x 1.70)m
Material: Frame: anti-corrosive and epoxy coated steel.
Estimated height: 210cm
Maneuver the frame according to shield patient as required.
liance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each
ding performance parameter of the equipment offered.
and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the
ments of specification and compliance issued by the
ement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found
valuation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders
lse either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the
Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution.

Bidder’s Specification as
Technical Offer Statement of Compliance
Procuring Entity’s Specification
Trolley, instrument

Basic lockable trolley for storage and transport of emergency medicines; medical devices and renewable, and resuscitation equi
in health care facilities.
Technical Specifications:
Emergency response trolley with work surface and storage.
Heavy carriage mounted on 4 swivel castors, of which two with brakes and two anti-static.
Work surface with elevated edges, finished with anti-slip layer.
Four side-to-side drawers for storage of medicine, renewable and equipment.
One central lock to secure all drawers.
Inside of drawers is customizable, with organizer dividers.
Front of each drawer fit with prefixed content identification strips.
Integrated fitting for waste basket and sharps container.
Lateral positioned lift-up worktop extends work surface.
Fit with push bar-handle.
Protective bumpers at all four corners.
Materials:
High resistance to corrosion (tropical environment).
Frame, side panels, base and drawers: epoxy coated steel plate, ABS or equivalent polymer.
Push handle: Austenitic stainless steel 18/10.
Worktop: ABS or equivalent polymer.
Dimensions:
Overall: approx. 800 x 600 x 1000 mm (l x w x h).
Worktop extension: approx. 400 x 500 mm (l x w).
Height upper drawers: approx. 100 mm.
Height middle drawer: approx. 200 mm.
Height base drawer: approx. 400 mm.
Swivel castors, diameter: approx. 100 mm.
Carrying capacity: Approx. 30Kg
Warranty: two years
FMHACA product registration certificate
Bidder’s Specification Statement of
as Technical Offer Compliance
Description of Function
Hematocrit centrifuge
Hematocrit centrifuge is a piece of equipment, generally driven by a motor
that puts an object in rotation around a fixed axis, applying force
perpendicular to the axis. The centrifuge works using the sedimentation
principle, where the centripetal acceleration is used to separate substances of
greater and less density and is used to calculate Hematocrit values.

Operational Requirements
Hematocrit Centrifuge for Capillary tubes with built in safety system is
required.
Technical Specifications
On-board Capillary positions :24 Samples in capillary at a time
Timer :Built in Timer for up to 0-15 min
Safety System: Triple Balance System, Manual Lid Lock, Lift Cover and Power
Cut off
Speed app. 12,000 RPM
Centrifugal Force :app.15000 G
Capillary size: 40 mm
System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables
System as specified-
All consumables required for installation and standardization of system to be
given free of cost.
Capillaries- 1000
Environmental factors
The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient
temperature of 0 -50deg C and relative humidity of 15-90%
Thu unit shall be capable of operating in ambient temperature of 20-30 deg C
and relative humidity of 80%.
Power Supply
Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug

UPS of suitable rating for one hour backup minimum has to be provided.

Standards and Safety


Product should be FDA/CE approved

Should be compliant with IEC 61010-1: covering safety requirements for


electrical equipment for measurement control and laboratory use.

Should be compliant to ISO 13485: Quality systems - Medical devices -


Particular requirements for the application of ISO 9001 applicable to
manufacturers and service providers that perform their own design activities.

Documentation
Certificate of calibration and inspection from factory.

List of Equipment, available for providing calibration and routine maintenance


support as per manufacturer documentation in service / technical manual.
List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and
costing.
Log book with instruction for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly
maintenance checklist.
The job description of the hospital technician and company service engineer
should be clearly spelt out
EFDA registration certificate
Item details and requirement
Item: Patient Monitors
General Description: Monitor, Monitor, mobile, with accessories
Technical Specifications:
Portable multi-parameter monitor, suitable for all patient categories: neonatal, infant and adult
Bedside unit can be mounted on standard bed/wall rail and mobile pole/stand
Robust design allows use in demanding environments
Soft touch keys, durable and easy to clean
Parameters monitored: ECG, Heart Rate (HR), Respiration Rate (RR), SpO2, NIBP and Temperature
Measurements, ranges:
ECG: leads I, II, III, AVR, AVL, AVF
HR: 30 to 250 bpm (diastolic) <3 bpm>
NIBP: 20 to 290 mmHg (systolic) <1 mmHg>
SpO2: 0 to 100 % <1 %>
RR (ECG derived): 6 to 180 bpm < 1 bpm >
Temperature: 10 to 50 C <0.1 C>
NIBP oscillometric step deflation, manual/automatic, initial inflation pressure user selectable
Bright 4-channel TFT/LCD color display, 15inch
Sweep, adjustable: 12.5, 25 or 50 mm/s
Sensitivity (amplitude) of all signal’s user adjustable
Standardizing marker, 1 mV
User preset of high/low alarms on all monitored parameters
Audio visual alarm in case measurements are outside preset range
Silencing feature for audio alarms
Trend display: 24 hours
Data interface (for ECG): RS232, BNC or equivalent
Defibrillator sync and protection during defibrillation
Pacemaker detection/rejection
Display reports system errors, leads and sensors failure and built-in battery status
Autonomy of built-in rechargeable battery approx. 3 hrs, automatic recharge when connected to mains
Automatic switch to batteries in case of power failure
Power requirements: 220 V / 50 Hz and rechargeable battery
Power consumption, approx.: 150 W
Supplied with:
1 x Mounting bracket for fixation to standard bed/wall rail and mobile pole/stand
1 x Spare rechargeable battery pack
1 x Set of spare fuses
NIBP accessories:
3 x NIBP hose (1 x neonate, 1 x infant, 1 x adult)
3 x Blood pressure cuff (1 x infant, 1 x child, 1 x adult)
ECG accessories:
2 x Patient cable extremities (1x neonate/pediatric, 1 x adult)
2 x Set of electrodes (1x neonate/pediatric, 1 x adult)
1 x Electrode gel, 350 ml
Temperature accessories:
2 x Skin temperature probes (including connection cable)
Pulse Oximetry (SpO2) sensors with cable and plug:
2 x Adult size, reusable clip-on type
2 x Infant size, reusable clip-on type
3 x Newborn size, reusable clip-on type
10 x Newborn size, single use wrap-around type
Conditions:
Warranty 24 Months with after sales service included shall be attached.
Detail ORIGINAL manufacturer datasheet shall be submitted with technical document (Copy paste and website print
is forbidden).
Manufacturer/supplier authorization letter to the bidder shall be provided.
A list indicating the places where similar equipment or above are in good operating and reference letter is
advantage.
User, technical and Service manuals to be supplied in English language.
List to be provided of important spares and accessories with their part numbers and cost.
List of standard acccessories and configuration (packing list).
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided
Theinstallation, User, technical and maintenance trainings and commissioning is provided free of cost.

All costs of accessories and all necessary parts to complete the installation and commission shall be included in the
total cost of item and the bidder will be responsible for additional expenses incurred to make the device functional
(supply the health facility) complete.
Certificate of Calibration Shall be attached.

The bidder shall state in his offer the expected lifetime of the Devices, under the specified operation conditions.
Complete set of documents including:
The bidder shall indicate clearly the manufacturer, country of manufacturing and the country of origin.
Complete and detail technical specifications and manufacturer original catalogues for all equipment and devices of
the system shall be submitted along with the offer.
The bidder must quote to carry out the training course for engineers. The training program must be described in
details, specifying training course duration etc.…
Original catalog with data sheet
Full technical detailed data for all units shall be provided with the offer.
Ethiopian Food and Drug Administration product registration certificate (updated) shall be attached.
Product approval from country of origin regulatory body shall be attached.
International standards: ISO, IEC and CE Certified.
Acceptance Test
Demonstration of the performance of the instrument.
Validation of the instrument with respect to accuracy and performance and documentation.
Warranty: 2 years (including maintenance and any repair in warranty period) provide at free of cost by separate
letter.
Completeness of items offered in the bid (all manufacture recommended parts and others specified in this
document) and additionally stated in the specification of the buyer’s
Procuring Entity’s Specification
Cylinder, Oxygen, 42L
Oxygen Cylinder (with regulator and flow meter) on trolley with accessories
Country of Origi
Manufacture
Mode
Rechargeable, Seamless, Made of chromium- molybdenum steel
Cylinder neck fitted with side nozzle, bull nose value for connecting oxygen regulator.
Valve with hand wheel for safety opening / closing.
One-staged reducing unit for oxygen to reduce and monitor Pressure of one-sided cylinder bank.
Normal flow rate: 20 Nm3/ h
Inlet pressure: 200 bar
Outlet pressure: 8 bar
Nominal pressure: 200 bar
Filter pores: 50ppm
For connection between gas cylinder and collecting pipe. non return valve Cylinder connection: G ¾ box nut
High pressure manometer to indicate pressure level in the cylinder
Oxygen flow meter tube calibrated from 0. 15 liters per minute, with tube nipple outlet.
Humidifier, bubble through type, water capacity 300 ml. couples directly to flow meter.
Trolley:
ü For transportation oxygen cylinder.
ü Stainless steel construction.
ü powder with two antistatic rubber wheels with pushing handle and safety fasteners to secure cylinder
Flow meter regulator type: bull nose
Calibrated for Oxygen gas.
Back pressure compensated.
Polycarbonate tubes, chrome-plated brass body.
200 Bar, 0 - 15 LPM flow range.
2" Pressure gauge
Supply Pressure: 500 to 2200 psi
Outlet Pressure: High flow outlets: 40 to 50 psi at 500 to 2200 psi inlet pressure
Flow Capacity: High flow outlets: 15 LPM minimum single or combined flow with 500 psi inlet pressure Constan
flow outlet selections: 0-15 lpm: 0, .5, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 15
Filter: 25 micron sintered bronze Safety Relief Pressure: 50-125 psi
Operating Temperature: 8° C to 40° C Storage Temperature: 0°C to 45° C
Materials: Body - nickel-plated brass; knob - anodized aluminum; outlets - nickel-plated brass; internal parts -
brass, stainless steel.
Certificates:
EFDA product registration certificate
Packaging of all goods must be clearly marked and securely packed.
Warranty: 3years
Bidder’s Specification
as Technical Offer Statement of Compliance
Oxygen regulator With Flow Meter and Humidifier (Compatible with Oxygen cylinder.

Flow meter regulator type: bull nose


Calibrated for Oxygen gas.
Back pressure compensated.
Polycarbonate tubes, chrome-plated brass body.
200 Bar, 0 - 15 LPM flow range.
2" Pressure gauge
Supply Pressure: 500 to 2200 psi
Outlet Pressure: High flow outlets: 40 to 50 psi at 500 to 2200 psi inlet pressure
Flow Capacity: High flow outlets: 125 LPM minimum single or combined flow with 500 psi inlet pressure Constant f
Filter: 25 micron sintered bronze Safety Relief Pressure: 50-125 psi
Operating Temperature: 8° C to 40° C Storage Temperature: 0°C to 45° C
Materials: Body - nickel-plated brass; knob - anodized aluminum; outlets - nickel-plated brass; internal parts - brass, s
Certificates:
EFDA product registration certificate
Supplier shall visit Zewditu hospitals to confirm their products are compatible with the existing cylinder system. They
Packaging of all goods must be clearly marked and securely packed.
Each Device will be further packed in separate package with all its standard accessories of distinct identification and
Procuring Entity’s Specification
Generic Name: Monitor - Patient
Clinical Purpose/Description: A device used to measureand display physiological signal of patient.
Technical Specification
Adult, pediatric and neonate patient monitoring
15" TFT color display with 12 waveforms
Measuring Parameters: ECG, Respiration Rate, NIBP, SpO2, Temperature, IBP, Cardiac output, EtCO2
capnography, , and with all its measuring accessories and spares.
SPO2 Range 0 – 100%
10-lead: I; II; III; avR; avL; avF; V1-V6
Automatic Sweep Speeds 12, 25, 50 mm/s
Heart Rate Range Adult: 15 – 300 bpm Neonate/Pediatric: 15 – 350 bpm
RESPIRATION
Method: Thoracic Impedance
Modes: Automatic / Manual
Range: Adult: 0 – 120 BrPM Neonate/Pediatric: 0 – 150 BrPM
with Apnea and Audio Visual Alarm recallable Alarm Events
NIBP
Method: Automatic Oscillometric
Modes: Manual / Automatic / Continuous
Types :Systolic, Diastolic, Mean
Measurement Range
Range of Systolic Pressure Adult Mode: 40 – 270 mmHg
Pediatric Mode: 40 – 200 mmHg
Neonate Mode: 40 – 130 mmHg
Range of Diastolic Pressure Adult Mode: 10 – 210 mmHg
Pediatric Mode: 10 – 150 mmHg
Neonate Mode: 10 – 90 mmHg
Range of Mean Pressure Adult Mode: 20 – 230 mmHg
Pediatric Mode: 20 – 160 mmHg
Neonate Mode: 20 – 110 mmHg
Accuracy of Blood Pressure Measurement
The Mean error less than ±3 mmHg.
The Standard deviation less than 5 mmHg
Over-Pressure Protection: Double safety protection
Alarm Systolic, Diastolic, Mean
CO2
Range 0 – 99 mmHg
Temperature
Range 0 – 50°C
Resolution 0.1°C
Accuracy ±0.1°C
Channel: Dual channel
12-lead ECG with 10 hour data storage, ST Segment and Arrhythmia Analysis
Micro stream ETCO2 disposable kit for adult- 50 nos, pediatric & Neonatal – 4 nos. each
User preset of high/low alarms on all monitored parameters
User preset of high/low alarms on all monitored parameters
Capability of storage of patient data and printing of patient reports.
Should provide hemodynamic, oxygenation, Ventilation calculation package.
Should have drug calculation package.
Audiovisual alarm in case of Apnea and physiological measurements are outside preset range
Automatic Zoom In Facility in the monitor display.
Silencing feature for audio alarms
Trend display of 48hours
Data interface (for ECG): RS232, BNC or equivalent
Defibrillator sync and protection during defibrillation
Pacemaker detection/rejection
Display reports system errors, leads and sensors failure and built-in battery status
Automatic switch to batteries in case of power failure
Thermal recorder and printer (4Roll)
1 x Spare rechargeable battery pack
1 x Set of spare fuses
NIBP accessories:
3 x NIBP hose (1 x neonate, 1 pediatric, 1 x adult)
3 x Blood pressure cuff (1 x neonate, 1 x pediatric, 1 x adult, 1 obese adult)
20 Nos of Disposable IBP transducers with all standard accessories & 6 nos of
reusable adapter cable.
ECG accessories:
5 x Patient cable extremities (1x neonate/pediatric, 1 x adult)
5 x Set of electrodes (1x neonate/pediatric, 1 x adult)
1 x Electrode gel, 350 ml
Temperature accessories:
2 x Skin temperature probes and rectal probe (including connection cable)
Pulse Oximetry (SpO2) sensors with cable and plug:
5 x Adult size, reusable clip-on type
5 x Infant size, reusable clip-on type
6 x Newborn size, reusable clip-on type
10 x Newborn size, single use wrap-around type
Disposable SpO2 probes for neonatal use - 50 nos.
IBP accessories:
4 x Reusable pressure transducer with bracket, holder
100 x Disposable domes
EtCO2 module with all accessories:
In case of side stream EtCO2-10 sets of sampling tubes for each module to be included.
Micro stream ETCO2 disposable kit for adult- 50 nos, pediatric & Neonatal – 4 nos.
Cardiac Output:
Should be by thermo dilution method with all accessories
EEG Modules with all accessories and display at least two channels
System Configuration Accessories, Spares, Consumables and other components:
Reusable adult, neonate and pediatric SpO2 finger probes – 5 each
Disposable SpO2 probes for neonatal use- 50 nos.
NIBP cuffs for standard Adult, Obese Adult, Child and infant – all 1 each
20 Nos of Disposable IBP transducers with all standard accessories & 3 nos of reusable adapter cable.
Rechargeable Li-ion battery with a capacity of 6hr
wireless and cable networking
Prompt knob and touch screen control
Intelligent cooling system keeps the unit running quietly during use
Separate indicator lights for technical and physiological alarms
memory card for increased data storage
Rolling stand trolley, carrying handle with bed-hooks
Thermal recorder and printer (4Roll)
Operating Environment;
Operating Temperature:+10 °C to + 30°C
Relative humidity : < 85%
Utility Requirements:
Electrical Power Supply: 220VAC +10%
Standards and Safety Requirements:
Shall meet IEC-60601(Or Equivalent BIS) General Requirements of electrical Safety
Shall meet ISO 13485 Medical Device Quality Management system (Or Equivalent)
Installation, Training and Commissioning:
The supplier must provide installation, and commissioning of the device at health Facility
The supplier must provide on sight technical and end user training
Warranty and After Sale service:
The supplier must be provide minimum of Two years warranty including labor and spare part from the date of
commissioning.
After basic warranty the supplier must agree for after sales service
Documentation:
User and service manual in English
Packaging and Labeling;
Packing of all the goods clearly marked and securely packed.
Each goods will be further packed in separate package with all its standard accessories of distinct identification
and numbers consecutively.
Additional packing and labeling requirements should bear in each package
Each item with all accessories /spare part shall be configured and packed in one unit.
Bidder’s Specification as Statement of
Technical Offer Compliance
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply”
stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by e
Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and c
test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by th
liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be
execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution

Procuring Entity’s Specification


Item: Oscilloscope, digital, portable
Manufactur
Mod
Country of Orig
Date of Manufactu
Oscilloscope modes
Vertical deflection
Number of channels
Bandwidth
Rise time
Number of scope inputs

Channel architecture

Input coupling
Input sensitivity
Bandwidth limiter
Normal/invert/variable
Extended offset

Input voltage

Vertical resolution
Accuracy
Input impedance
Horizontal
Maximum real-time sample rate (sampled
simultaneously)
Record length
Time base range

Maximum record length

Timing accuracy
Glitch capture
Display and acquisition
Display
Display modes
Visible screen width
Digital persistence modes
Waveform mathematics

Acquisition modes

Trigger and delay


Source

Modes

Connect-and-View™

Video triggering (on ch. A)

High-res, non-interlaced video

Pulse width triggering (on channel A)

Time delay

Dual slope triggering

N-cycle triggering

Automatic capture of 100 screens

Replay

Replay storage

Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) frequency


spectrum analysis

Window

Automatic window

Vertical scale

Frequency axis

Waveform compare and pass/fail testing


Waveform Compare

Pass/Fail Testing

Automatic scope measurements

Advanced power and motor drive functions

Advanced functions

Cursor measurements

Source

Dual horizontal lines

Dual vertical lines

Single vertical line

ZOOM

Meter Modes

Meter inputs

Number of readings
Maximum resolution
Input impedance

Advanced meter functions

Voltage
Vdc accuracy
Vac true rms accuracy 15 Hz to 60 Hz: 60 Hz to
1 kHz: 60 Hz to 20 kHz:

Vac+dc true rms accuracy 15 Hz to 60 Hz: 60


Hz to 1 kHz: 60 Hz to 20 kHz:
Voltmeter ranges
Resistance
Ranges

Accuracy
Other meter functions
Continuity
Diode test

Current (A)

Temperature
Recorder Modes
ScopeRecord™ Roll Mode
Dual or multiple input waveform storage mode,
using deep memory
Source and display

Bandwidth
Memory depth

Min/max values

Recording modes

Stop-on-trigger

Horizontal scale

Zoom

Memory

ScopeRecord™ Roll mode sample rate and


recording timespan
Time base range
Recorded timespan
Time/division in ‘view all’ mode
Glitch capture
Sample rate
Resolution
Trendplot™ Recording

Source and display


Memory depth

Ranges

Recorded time span

Recording mode

Measurement speed
Horizontal scale

Zoom

Memory

Cursor measurements: all recorder modes

Source

Dual vertical lines

General specifications
Input voltage range
Rated maximum floating voltage

Maximum probe voltage

Maximum BNC input voltage


Maximum voltage on meter input

Memory save and recall


Memory locations (internal)

15 waveform memory locations

Two recording memories

External data storage

Screencopies

Volatility
Real-time clock

Case
Design

Drip and dust proof

Shock and vibration

Display size
Resolution
Contrast and brightness

Brightness

Mechanical data
Size (HxWxD)
Weight (including battery)
Power

Line power

Battery power

Battery type (included) and capacity [+opt.


battery]

Battery charge indicator

Battery operating time (with backlight low)

Battery charging time

Battery power saving functions

Safety

Compliance

Environmental
Operating temperature
Storage temperature
Humidity

Maximum operating altitude

Maximum storage altitude


Electro-magnetic-compatibility (EMC)

Interfaces
Probe calibration output

Warranty

Included accessories
Batterey charger/mains adapter
Li-Ion battery pack
Voltage probe sets. Each set includes ground
lead, hook clip, ground spring and probe tip
insulation sleeve
Test leads
Other
he column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of each
e parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-referenced to
ufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples,
ment that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under ev
r in the Bidders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualifica
arded as fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution

Procuring Entity’s Specification


e
Manufacturer:
Model:
Country of Origin:
Date of Manufacture:

2
200 MHz
1.7 ns
2 input channels plus external trigger
All inputs fully insulated from each other and from ground Inputs may be
activated in any combination
AC or DC, with ground level indicator
2 mV/div to 100 V/div, plus variable attenuation
User selectable: 20 kHz, 20 MHz or full bandwidth
On each input channel, switched separately
Not avalable currently
CAT III 1000 V/CAT IV 600 V rated, see general specifications for further
details
8 bit
± (2.1 % of reading + 0.04 x range/div) @ 5 mV/div to 100 V/div
1 MΩ ± 1 %/14 pF ± 2 pF

2.5 GS/s (2ch)

Up to 10,000 samples per channel


2 ns/div to 4 s/div

Time base in a 1-2-4-sequence Slower time/division settings using roll mode

10,000 samples per channel in scope mode


30,000 points per channel in roll mode
± (0.01 % of reading + 1 pixel)
8 ns peak detect on each channel

153 mm (6 in) full-color LCD with LED backlight


Any combination of channels; average on/off; replay
12 divisions horizontally in scope mode
Off/short/medium/long/infinite and envelope mode
A + B, A – B, A x B, all with user-selectable scaling of resultant; A versus B
(X-Y- mode); frequency spectrum using FFT analysis
Normal, averaged, auto, single shot, ScopeRecord™ roll, glitch capture,
waveform compare with automatic pass/fail testing; replay

Input A, B or external (via meter input)

Automatic Connect-and-View™, free run, single shot, edge, delay, dual slope,
video, video line, selectable pulsewidth (channel A only), N-cycle

Advanced automatic triggering that recognizes signal patterns, automatically


sets up and continuously adjusts triggering, time base and amplitude

Automatically displays stable waveforms of complex and dynamic signals


like motor drive and control signals can be switched off if preferred

NTSC, PAL, PAL+, SECAM; includes field 1, field 2 and line select
Non-interlaced video with line-select, for line frequencies in the range 14
kHz up to 65 kHz
Pulse width qualified by time allows for triggering < t, > t, = t, ≠ t, where t is
selectable in minimum steps of 0.01 div or 50 ns
1 Full screen of pre-trigger view or up to 100 screens (= 1,200 divisions) of
post- trigger delay
Triggers on both rising and falling edges alike

Triggers on Nth occurrence of a trigger event; N to be set in the range 2 to 99

When in oscilloscope mode, the instrument always memorizes the last 100
screens—no specific user setup required. When an anomaly is seen, the
replay button can be pressed to review the full sequence of screen events
over and over. Instrument can be set to trigger on glitches or intermittent
anomalies and will operate in baby-sit mode capturing 100 specified events.

Manual or continuous replay. Displays the captured 100 screens as a live


animation or under manual control. Each screen has date and time-stamp
Two sets of 100 screens each can be saved internally for later recall and
analysis Direct storage of additional sets on external flash memory drive
through USB host port

Shows frequency content of oscilloscope waveform using Fast Fourier


Transform
Automatic, hamming, hanning or none
Digitally re-samples acquired waveform to obtain optimum frequency
resolution in FFT resultant
Linear/logarithmic (in volts or amps)
Logarithmic frequency range automatically set as a function of timebase
range of oscilloscope
Provides storage and display of a reference waveform for visual comparison
with newly acquired waveforms. Reference is derived from an acquired
waveform and can be modified in the oscilloscope or externally using
FlukeView Software.
In waveform compare mode, the oscilloscope can be set to store only
matching (pass) or only non-matching (fail) acquired waveforms in the
replay memory bank for further analysis

V dc, V ac rms, V ac + dc, Vpeak max, Vpeak min, Vpeak to peak, A ac, A
dc, A ac + dc, frequency (in Hz), rise time (using cursors), fall time (using
cursors), phase (between any 2 inputs), pulse width (pos./neg.), duty cycle
(pos./neg.), temperature °C, temperature °F (not for Japan), dBV, dBm into
50 Ω and 600 Ω

V/Hz Ratio (190M-2 only), Power Factor (PF), watts, VA, VA reactive,
VPWMac and VPWM (ac + dc) for measurement on pulse width modulated
motordrives and frequency inverters
mA×s (Current-over-time, between cursors); V×s (voltage over time,
between cursors); W×s (energy, between cursors)

On any input waveform or on mathematical resultant waveform (Excluding


X-Y-mode)
Voltage at cursor 1 and at cursor 2, voltage between cursors
Time between cursors, 1/T between cursors (in Hz), voltage between
markers, rise time with markers, fall time with markers; Vrms between
cursors,
watts between cursors
Min/max and average voltage at cursor position; frequency and rms-value of
individual frequency component in the FFT resultant
Ranges from full record overview to zoom-in up to sample level at any
record length

Via 4 mm banana inputs, fully isolated from scope inputs and scope ground

One at a time
5,000 counts
1 MΩ ± 1 %/14 pF ± 2 pF
Auto/manual ranging, relative measurements (Zero reference), TrendPlot ™
recording
The specified accuracy is valid over the temperature range 18 °C to 28 °C
Add 10

% of specified accuracy for each degree C below 18 °C or above 28 °C

± (0.5 % + 5 counts)

± (1 % + 10 counts)

± (2.5 % + 15 counts)

± (1 % + 10 counts)
± (2.5 % + 15 counts)
500 mV, 5 V, 50 V, 500 V, 1,000 V

500 Ω, 5 kΩ, 50 kΩ,


500 kΩ, 5 MΩ, 30 MΩ
± (0.6 % + 5 counts)

Beeper on < 50 Ω (± 30 Ω)
Up to 2.8 V
A dc, A ac, A ac + dc using an optional current clamp or shunt Scaling
factors: 0.1 mV/A, 1 mV/A to 100 V/A and 400 mV/A
With optional accessories. Scale factors 1 °C/mV or 1 °F/mV

Input A, Input B, Dual


All channels sampled simultaneously
20 MHz or 20 kHz, user selectable
30,000 data points, each holding min/max pair of information
Min/max values are created at samples that are measured at high sample rate,
ensuring capture and display of glitches
Single sweep, continuous roll, Start-on-trigger (through external), Stop-on-
trigger (through external)
ScopeRecord mode can be stopped by an individual trigger event or by an
interruption of a repetitive trigger signal through any input channel (through
external on 190M-2 model)
Time from start, time of day
Ranges from full record overview to zoom in up to sample level, at any
record length
Two multiple input ScopeRecord waveforms can be saved internally for later
recall and analysis. Direct storage on external flash memory drive through
USB host port

5 ms/div to 2 min/div
6 sec to 48 hr
0.5 s/div to 4 h/div
8 ns
125 MS/s
200 μsec to 4.8 sec

Multiple channel electronic paperless recorder graphically plots, displays and


stores results of up to four automatic scope measurements or a DMM-
reading over time
Any combination of scope measurements, made on any of the input channels,
or DMM reading (two-channel instruments)
18,000 Points (sets) per measurement; each recorded sample point contains a
minimum, a maximum and an average value, plus a date and time stamp

Normal view: 5 s/div to 30 min/div


In view-all mode: 5 min/div to 48 hr/div (overview of total record)
Up to 22 days, with a resolution of 102 seconds

Continuous recording, starting at 5 s/div with automatic record compression

3 Automatic measurements per second or more


Time from start, time of day
Up to 64x zoom-out for full record overview, up to 10x zoom-in for
maximum detail
Two multiple input TrendPlot records can be saved internally for later recall
and analysis. Direct storage on external flash memory drive through USB
host port

Any waveform trace in any waveform display mode (Scope, ScopeRecord or


TrendPlot)

Cursors may be used to identify min, max or average value of any datapoint
in a record, with time between cursors, time from start or absolute time

CAT III 1000 V/CAT IV 600 V


(Maximum voltage between any contact and earth-ground voltage level)
CAT III 1000 V/CAT IV 600 V

(Maximum voltage between any contact and earth-ground voltage level)

CAT IV 300 V (Maximum voltage on BNC input directly)


CAT III 1000 V/CAT IV 600 V (Safety
designed banana input connectors)

15 Waveform memories plus 2 recording memories


Stores ScopeTrace waveform data (2 traces each) plus screen-copy plus
corresponding setup
Each may contain:
a 100-screen replay sequence, or
a ScopeRecord roll-mode recording (two traces), or
a TrendPlot recording of up to four measurements
On PC, using FlukeView™ Software, or
Direct storage on external flash memory drive (maximum 2 GB) through
USB host port
On PC, using FlukeView™ Software, or
Internally (in instrument), which can be copied on to external flash memory
drive as .BMP-file through USB host port

Measurement data is initially stored in RAM, which is maintained by the


main battery with a 30-seconds back-up when battery is exchanged
When storing data, this is written in non-volatile flash-ROM
Provides date and time stamp information for ScopeRecord, for 100-screen
replay sequences and for TrendPlot recordings

Rugged, shock-proof with integrated protective holster.


Handstrap and hangstrap included as standard Kensington lock supported to
lock down instrument when left unattended
IP 51 according to IEC 529
Shock 30 g, vibration (sinusoidal) 3 g according to MIL-PRF-28800F Class
2
127 mm x 88 mm (153 mm/6.0 in diagonal) LCD
320 x 240 pixels
User adjustable, temperature compensated

200 cd/m2 typical using power adapter, 90 cd/m2 typical using battery power

265 mm x 190 mm x 70 mm (10.4 in x 7.5 in x 2.8 in)


2.1 kg (4.6 lb)

Mains adapter/battery charger BC190 included, version depending on


country

Rechargeable double capacity Li-Ion battery (included). Battery swappable


through easily-accessible battery door at the rear of the instrument

4800 mAh

Battery has built-in status indicator for use with external charger, next to
battery status indicator on instrument screen
Up to four hours using BP290 (included); up to eight hours using BP291
(optional)
2.5 hours using BP290; 5 hours using BP291
Auto power-down with adjustable power-down time; auto display off with
adjustable power-down time; on-screen battery power indicator

EN 61010-1:2001, Pollution Degree 2; CAN/CSA C22.2, No. 61010-1-04,


with approval; UL61010B; ANSI/ISA-82.02.01

0 °C to +40 °C; +40 °C to +50 °C Excluding battery


-20 °C to +60 °C
10 °C to +30 °C: 95 % RH Non-condensing
30 °C to +40 °C: 75 % RH Non-condensing
40 °C to +50 °C: 45 % RH Non-condensing
Up to 2,000 m (6666 ft) for CAT IV 600 V, CAT III 1000 V; up to 3,000 m
(10,000 ft) for CAT III 600 V, CAT II 1000 V
12 km (40,000 ft)
EN 61326 (2005-12) For emission and immunity
Two USB ports provided. Ports are fully insulated from instrument’s floating
measurement circuitry.
USB-host port directly connects to external flash memory drive (up to 2 GB
for storage of waveform data, complete datasets in which data and setup
information is included, instrument settings and screen copies.

A mini-USB-B is provided which allows for interconnection to PC for


remote control and data transfer under PC-control.
Dedicated probe-cal output with reference contact provided, fully insulated
from any measurement input channel

Three-years (parts and labor) on main instrument; one-year on accessories

BC190
BP290 (2400 mAh)

VPS410 (One red, one blue)

TL175 (One red, one black) with test pins


Handstrap affixed to instrument; hangstrap (user-selectable for left- or
right-hand use); multi-language users manuals on CD-ROM; FlukeView®
demo package (with restricted functionality); USB interface cable for PC
connectivity
Comply” against each of the individual parameters of each Specification
rted by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence.
ion and compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent
ted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation
nd to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the

Bidder’s Specification as
Statement of Compliance
Technical Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply”
each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” mu
and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, uncondi
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supporte
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bi
supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contrac
Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution

Procuring Entity’s Specification

Electrosurgical unit analyzer


Manufacturer:
Model:
Country of Origin:
Date of Manufacture:
Test all critical ESU functions with precise power, current, frequency, crest factor and load resistance
ranges and collect measurements in single and continuous mode wirelessly via Bluetooth for easy record
retrieval without interference or limitation by cables and wires
Automatic power distribution measurement, including power, current, peak-to-peak voltage, and crest
factor
All hardware and software necessary to complete preventive maintenance and troubleshooting is built in to
the unit.
Memory storage of up to 5500 test records
Complies to all global standards, including ANSI/AAMI and IEC
Operating modes:
Continuous operation
Contact quality monitor
HF leakage current
Single operation
Power distribution
Duty cycle
Variable load: 10 seconds on, 30 seconds off, at 100 W, all loads
Fixed 200 Ω load: 10 seconds on, 30 seconds off, at 400 W
Generator output measurements
Load resistance

Variable: 0 Ω, 10 Ω, 20 Ω, 25 Ω to 2500 Ω (by 25 Ω), 2500 Ω to 5200 Ω (by 100 Ω)

Accuracy:± 2.5 %
Power (0.0 W to 99.9 W ± 5 % + 1 W, 100 to 500 W ± 5 %)
Maximum: At 25 % duty cycle (10 seconds on, 30 seconds off): 10 Ω: 300 W, 20 Ω to 2900 Ω: 400 W, 3000 Ω
to 5200 Ω: 200 W
At 10 % duty cycle (5 seconds on, 45 seconds off): 10 Ω: 300 W, 20 Ω to 2400 Ω: 500 W, 2425 Ω to 2900 Ω:
400 W, 3000 Ω to 5200 Ω: 200 W
Current
RMS: 0 mA to 5,500 mA
Accuracy: ± (2.5 % of reading + 1 mA)
Voltage
Peak: 10 kV Peak to Peak
Accuracy: ± (10 % of reading + 50 V)
Crest factor1.4 to 16.0 Defined as the ratio of Peak voltage to RMS voltage (Vpk /Vrms), using the larger of
the 2 peaks (positive or negative)
Vessel sealing measurement
Loop current, RMS: 0 mA to 5500 mA
Accuracy: ± (2.5 % of reading + 1 mA)
HF leakage current
Fixed load :200 Ω
V Accuracy: ±2.5 %
Power rating: 400W
Additional fixed load :200 Ω
Current, RMS: 0 mA to 5500 mA
Accuracy: ± (2.5 % of reading + 1 mA)
CQM test (Contact Quality Monitor)
Resistances : 0 Ω to 475 Ω (by 1 Ω)
Accuracy : 0 Ω to 10 Ω ±0.5 Ω, 11 Ω and above ±5 %
Power rating: 0.5 W
Auto time interval: 1 to 5 seconds
Oscilloscope Output
1 V per ampere of input current, typical
Footswitch simulations
Cut and Coag
Communications
USB device port: Micro B connector, full speed
Wireless port: 802.15, Speed: 115,200 baud
Memory
Test records : 8000
Non-volatile: retained through power cycling
Calibration
Recommended cycle: Traceable to the International System of Units (SI) through the appropriate National
Metrology Institutes such as NIST or through intrinsic standards.
Environmental specifications
Operating temperature: 10 °C to 40 °C (50 °F to 104 °F)
Storage temperature:-20 °C to 60 °C (-4 °F to 140 °F)
Humidity:10 % to 90 % non-condensing
Altitude: 2300 m
IP rating: IEC60529:IP20
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
IEC 61326-1: Basic Emissions Classification: IEC CISPR11: Group 1, Class A. Group 1 have intentionally gener­
ated and/or use
conductively coupled radio-frequency energy which is necessary for the internal functioning of the
equipment itself. Class A equip­ment is suitable for use in nondomestic locations and/or directly connected
to a low-voltage power supply network
Safety
IEC 61010-1: Overvoltage category II, pollution degree 2
IEC 61010-2-030: Measurement 5,000 V
Measurements and tests specifications
Measures: Cut and coag waveforms, monopolar and bipolar outputs
Power and current measurements: True-rms
Bandwidth: 30 Hz to 3MHz at -3 dB including loads
Delay time for single measurements: 0.2 seconds to 4.0 seconds from Foot Switch activation to start of
measurement
Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of
tements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid
d sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
ement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the
e execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the

Bidder’s Specification as Statement of Compliance


Technical Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply”
each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” mu
and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, uncondi
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supporte
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bi
supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contrac
Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution

Procuring Entity’s Specification

Gas Flow Analyzer


Manufacturer:
Model:
Country of Origin:
Date of Manufacture:
Requirements
Gas Calibrations: Air, O2, Air/O2 mixtures, N2, CO2, N20
Flow Direction: Bi-Directional
Flow & Volume Mode: STP, ATP, BTPS, BTPD, plus user-defined
Temperature & Pressure Compensated
Max Breath Rate: 1500 BPM
High Frequency Ventilators: Yes
High Pressure: -10 to 150 PSI (-.7 to 10 bar) Gauge
Low Pressure: -25 to 150 cm H20 Differential
Barometric Pressure: 7 to 25 PSIA (500 to 1700 mbar)
Display: Color-Graphic Touch Screen
Batteries:Li-Ion Rechargeable Battery Pack
AC Adapter: Yes
Internal Memory:2MB
SD Flash Card: Included
Computer Interface:USB
Printing: USB
Battery life hours: 10Hrs.
Charge time in hours: 4.5 Hrs
Connection type: USB, Micro-B device port
Weight: <2kg
Display: 7 in (17.8 cm)
Ultra-low flow ports: ±750 ml/min
Ultra-low-pressure port: 0 to 10 mbar
Flow
Full range flow channel
Range: ±300 slpm
Accuracy (air): 1.7 % or 0.04 slpm
Ultra-low flow channel
Range:±750 ml/min
Accuracy (air): ±1.7 % or 0.01 slpm
Volume
Range: ±100 l
Accuracy: ±1.75 % or 0.02 l
Pressure
High pressure
Range: -0.8 to 10 bars
Accuracy: ±1 % or ±0.007 bar
Differential low pressure
Range: ±160 mbar
Accuracy: ±0.5 % or ±0.1 mbar
Ultra-low pressure
Range: 0 to 10 mbar
Accuracy: ±1 % or ±0.01 mbar
Airway pressure
Range: ±160 mbar
Accuracy: ±0.5 % or ±0.1 mbar
Barometric pressure
Range: 550 to 1240 mbar
Accuracy: ±1 % or ±5 mbar
Other
Temperature
Range: 0 to 50 °C
Accuracy: ±0.5 °C
Resolution: 0.1 °C
Humidity
Range: 0 to 100 % RH
Accuracy: ±3 % RH (20 to 80 % RH) ±5 % RH (20< or >80 % RH)
Oxygen
Range: 0 to 100 %
Accuracy: ±1 %
Breath parameters
Inspiratory tidal volume range: 0 to 60 l
Inspiratory tidal volume accuracy: ±1.75 % or 0.5 ml
Expiratory tidal volume range: 0 to 60 l
Expiratory tidal volume accuracy: ±1.75 % or 0.5 ml
Minute volume range: 0 to 100 l
Minute volume accuracy: ±1.75 % or 0.5 ml
Breath rate range: 1 to 1500 bpm
Breath rate accuracy: ±1 %
Inspiratory to expiratory time ratio (I: E) range: 1:300 to 300:1
Inspiratory to expiratory time ratio (I: E) accuracy: ±2 % or 0.1
Peak inspiratory pressure (PIP) range : ±160 mbar
Peak inspiratory pressure (PIP) accuracy: ±0.75 % or 0.1 mbar
Inspiratory pause pressure range: ±160 mbar
Inspiratory pause pressure accuracy: ±0.75 % or 0.1 mbar
Mean airway pressure range: ±160 mbar
Mean airway pressure accuracy: ±0.75 % or 0.1 mbar
Positive end expiratory pressure (PEEP) range: ±160 mbar
Positive end expiratory pressure (PEEP) accuracy: ±0.75 % or 0.1 mbar
Lung compliance range: 0 to 1000 ml/mbar
Lung compliance accuracy: ±3 % or 0.1 ml/mbar
Inspiratory time range: 0 to 60 s
Inspiratory time accuracy: 0.02 s
Inspiratory hold time range: 0 to 60 s
Inspiratory hold time accuracy: 1 % or 0.1 s
Expiratory time range: 0 to 90 s
Expiratory time accuracy: 0.5 % or 0.01 s
Expiratory hold time range: 0 to 90 s
Expiratory hold time accuracy: 0.02 s
Peak expiratory flow range: ±300 lpm
Peak expiratory flow accuracy: m±1.7 % or 0.04 lpm
Peak inspiratory flow range: ±300 lpm
Peak inspiratory flow accuracy: ±1.7 % or 0.04 lpm
slpm = Standard Liters per Minute
Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of
tements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid
d sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
ement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the
e execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the

Bidder’s Specification as Statement of Compliance


Technical Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” ag
each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be
cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional st
issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or
the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of c
found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent
prosecution

Procuring Entity’s Specification

Pressure Meter, digital


Manufacturer:
Model:
Country of Origin:
Date of Manufacture:
Pressure measurement
Operating range: -700 mmHg to 5000 mmHg
Accuracy: ± 0.3 % of range for temperatures from 21 °C to 25 °C and relative humidity from 30 % to 70 % ± 0.3 % of range; ±
0.02 % of range per degree C for temperatures < 21 °C or > 25 °C with relative humidity from 30 % to 70 %
Resolution: 0.5 mmHg
Units of measure: mmHg, mBar, cmH 2O, psi, InHg, InH2O, kg/cm2, and kPa
Temperature measurement
Operating range: -40 °C to 200 °C (-40 °F to 392 °F)
Accuracy: ± (2 % of reading, + 0.5 °C)
Resolution|: 0.1 °C and °F
Units of measure: °C and °F
Temperature probe type: PT-100 or PT-1000 (DIN/IEC 751 Class A)
Probe Accuracy:
± 0.13 °C @ 100 °C
(0.23 °F at 212 °F);
± 0.1 °C @ 0 °C
(0.18 °F @ 32 °F);
± 0.2 °C @ 100 °C
(0.36 °F @ 212 °F)
Controls
LCD graphic display,
128 pixels x 32 pixels
Data input/outputs
bidirectional RS-232 for
computer control
Power
9 V alkaline battery
Power consumption
< 70 mA
Battery life
> 9 hours
Weight
<0.5 kg with battery
Temperature
Operating: 15 °C to 35 °C (59 °F to 95 °F)
Storage: 0 °C to 50 °C (32 °F to 122 °F)
mply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of
ments of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and
literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance
ot supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by
the Bidders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is
y be regarded as fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for

Bidder’s Specification as Statement of Compliance


Technical Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply”
each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” mu
and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, uncondi
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supporte
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bi
supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contrac
Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution

Procuring Entity’s Specification

Incubator and Radiant Warmer Analyzer


Manufacturer:
Model:
Country of Origin:
Date of Manufacture:
Measurements and tests specifications
Air convection peripheral temperature sensors for incubator
Number of sensors: 5
Range: 0 °C to 50 °C
Accuracy: ±0.05 °C
Display resolution: 0.01 °C
Air convection temperature sensors for radiant warmers, sensors
Number of sensors: 5
Range: 0 °C to 50 °C
Accuracy: ± 0.2 °C
Display resolution: 0.01 °C
Relative humidity:
Range: 0 % to 100 %
Accuracy: +/- 3 % RH (0 % to 100 % non-condensing)
Display resolution: 0.1 % RH
Airflow
Range: 0.2 m/sec to 2.0 m/sec at 35°C, 50 % RH
Accuracy: +0.1 m/sec
Display resolution: 0.01 m/sec
Sound pressure
Range: 30 dB(A) to 100 dB(A)
Accuracy: ± 5 dB(A)
Display resolution: 0.1 dB(A)
Standard IEC-61672-1 Class 2 from 31.5Hz to 8kHz
Surface temperature
Range: -5 °C to 60 °C
Accuracy: ± 0.5 °C
Display resolution: 0.05 °C
Skin temperature probe with reference thermometer
Range: 0 °C to 50 °C
Accuracy: ±0.05 °C
Display resolution: 0.01 °C
Environmental specifications
Operating temperature: 10 °C to 40 °C
Storage temperature: -20 °C to 60 °C
Humidity: 10 % to 90 % non-condensing
Altitude 2400 m
Ingress protection rating IP-20
Safety
IEC 61010-1 Overvoltage category none, pollution degree 2
IEC 61326-1 Basic Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
Emissions classification
IEC CISPR11: Group 1, Class A
Physical specifications
Size (HxWxL without sensors)
Weight with sensors 1.6 kg
Power
Power Adapter—Universal voltage
Input 100 V to 240 V with adaptors 50 Hz/60 Hz
Output 15V dc, 1.3 A maximum
Rechargeable lithium-ion battery, internal: 7.4 V, 7.8 Ah, 58 Wh 24-hour battery life with 30 second sample
rate
Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of
tements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid
d sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
ement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the
e execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the

Bidder’s Specification as Statement of Compliance


Technical Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” ag
each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be
and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, uncondition
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidde
supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contract ma
Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution

Procuring Entity’s Specification

Infusion Pump tester


Manufacturer:
Model:
Country of Origin:
Date of Manufacture:
Technical specifications
Flow rate measurement
Method: Flow is calculated by measuring volume over time
Range: 0.1 ml/h to 1500 ml/h (2500 ml/h is shown)

Accuracy: 1 % of reading ±1 LSD for flows of 16 to 200 ml/h for volumes over 20 ml, otherwise 2 % of
reading ±1 LSD for volumes over 10 ml under laboratory conditions. Degassed water at 15 °C to 30 °C (59 °F
to 86 °F) is recommended for long tests.
Max test duration: 100 hours
Volume measurement
Method: Volume is measured directly by the measuring module in mini-
mum sample sizes of 60 ìl
Range: 0.06 ml to 9999 ml
Accuracy: 1 % of reading ±1 LSD for flow rates of 16 ml/h to 200 ml/h for volumes over 20 ml. Otherwise 2
% of reading ±1 LSD for volumes over 10 ml under laboratory conditions.
Max test duration: 100 hours
PCA bolus/dual flow measurement
Method: See volume measurement above
Min bolus volume: 0.5 ml
Resolution: 60 ul increments
Max test duration: 100 hours
Pressure measurement
Method (back pressure and flow test): Direct measurement of pressure at the inlet port
Range: 0 psi to 45 psi or equivalent in mmHg and kPa
Accuracy: 1 % of full scale ±1 LSD under laboratory conditions
Max test duration: 1 hour
Other specification
Templates: Predetermined test sequences. Typical capacity 200.

Storage of results: Test results stored for later viewing, printing or transfer to PC. Typical capacity 250 tests.
General specifications
Operating voltage range: 240 V ac
Supply frequency: 60 Hz
Supply power: <50 VA
Weight: <3.2 kg (approx)
Altitude: 2300 m
Temperature
Operating: 15 °C to 30 °C
Storage: -20 °C to +40 °C when drained of all liquid
Humidity: 10 % to 90 % non-condensing
Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of
tements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid
d sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
ement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the
e execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the

Bidder’s Specification as Statement of Compliance


Technical Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” ag
Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supp
referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional stateme
manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequen
presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or
either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the B

Procuring Entity’s Specification

Patient Monitor Simulator


Manufacturer:
Model:
Country of Origin:
Date of Manufacture:
Detailed specifications

Normal-sinus-rhythm waveform

The ECG amplitudes specified are for Lead II (calibration), from the baseline to
ECG reference
the peak of the R wave. All other leads are proportional

12-lead configuration with independent outputs referenced to right leg (RL).


Normal sinus rhythm
Output to 10 universal ECG jacks, color-coded to AHA and IEC standards

High-level output 0.5 V/mV ± 5 % of the ECG amplitude setting available on a BNC connector

0.05 mV to 0.5 mV (0.05 mV steps); 0.5 mV to 5.0 mV (0.25 mV steps) Other


leads are proportional to Lead II (reference lead) in percentage per:
Lead I: 70, Lead V3: 100
Amplitude; Lead II: 100, Lead V4: 120
Lead III: 30, Lead V5: 112
Lead V1: 24, Lead V6: 80
Lead V2: 48
Amplitude accuracy ± (2 % of setting + 0.05 mV)
ECG rate 10 BPM to 360 BPM in 1 BPM steps
Rate accuracy ± 1 % of setting
ECG waveform selection Adult (80 ms) or pediatric (40 ms) QRS duration
ST-segment elevation Adult mode only. -0.8 mV to +0.8 mV (0.1 mV steps).
Additional steps: + 0.05 mV and - 0.05 mV
Power-on default 60 BPM, 1.0 mV, adult QRS and ST-segment elevation of 0 mV
Pacemaker waveform
Amplitude: 0 (off), ± 2, ± 4, ± 6, ± 8, ± 10, ± 12, ± 14, ± 16, ± 18, ± 20, ± 50, ±
Pacer pulse
100, ± 200, ± 500, and ± 700 mV for lead II (reference lead)
Accuracy: Reference lead II: } (5 % setting + 0.2 mV) All other leads: } (10
% setting + 0.4 mV)
Pacer pulse width 0.1 ms, 0.2 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms, and 2 ms } 5 %
Paced arrhythmias Atrial 80 BPM
Asynchronous 75 BPM
Demand with frequent sinus beats
Atrio-ventricular sequential
Demand with occasional sinus beats
Noncapture (one time)
Nonfunction
Power-on default Amplitude 5 mV, width 1 ms, atrial waveform
Arrhythmia
Baseline NSR 80 BPM
PVC focus Left focus, standard timing (except where specified)
Supraventricular arrhythmia Atrial fibrillation (coarse or fine); atrial flutter; sinus arrhythmia;
missed beat (one time); atrial tachycardia; paroxysmal atrial tachycardia;
nodal rhythm; and supraventricular tachycardia
Premature arrhythmia Premature atrial contraction (PAC); premature nodal contraction (PNC);
PVC1 left ventricular; PVC1 left ventricular, early; PVC1 left ventricular,
R on T; PVC2 right ventricular; PVC2 right ventricular, early; PVC2 right
ventricular, R on T; and multifocal PVCs
Ventricular arrhythmia PVCs 6, 12, or 24 per minute; frequent multifocal PVCs; bigeminy;
trigeminy; multiple PVCs (one-time run of 2, 5, or 11 PVCs); mono ventricular
tachycardia (120 to 300 BPM in 5 BPM steps); poly-ventricular
tachycardia (5 types); ventricular fibrillation (coarse or fine);
and asystole
Conduction defect First-, second-, or third-degree heart block; and right- or left-bundle branch
block
Advanced cardiac life Shockable pulseless arrest rhythms: Ventricular fibrillation (coarse), ventricular
support fibrillation (fine), unstable polymorphic ventricular tachycardia
Non-shockable pulseless arrest rhythms: Asystole
Symptomatic bradycardia: Sinus bradycardia (< 60 BPM)
2nd degree AV block, Mobitz type I
2nd degree AV block, Mobitz type II
Complete/3rd degree AV block
Right bundle branch block
Left bundle branch block
Symptomatic tachycardia: regular narrow-complex tachycardia (QRS < 0.12
seconds): Sinus tachycardia > 150 BPM
Supraventricular Tachycardia
Symptomatic tachycardia: regular wide-complex tachycardias (QRS ≥ 0.12
seconds): Sinus tachycardia > 150 BPM
Supraventricular Tachycardia SVT with aberrancy

Irregular tachycardia: Atrial fibrillation (coarse and fine), atrial flutter, unstable
monomorphic ventricular tachycardia (120 BPM to 300 BPM), torsade

de pointes/polymorphic ventricular tachycardia (long QT interval)


ECG Performance testing
0.05 mV to 0.5 mV (0.05 mV steps); 0.5 mV to 5.0 mV (0.25 mV steps) Other
Amplitude
leads are proportional to Lead II (reference lead) in percentage per:
Lead I: 70
Lead III: 30
Lead II: 100
Lead V1 through V6: 100
Pulse wave 30 BPM, 60 BPM, with 60 ms pulse width
Square wave 0.125 Hz, 2 Hz, 2.5 Hz
Triangle wave 0.125 Hz, 2 Hz, 2.5 Hz
Sine wave 0.05 Hz, 0.5 Hz, 1, 2 Hz, 5 Hz, 10 Hz, 25 Hz, 30 Hz, 40 Hz, 50 Hz,
60 Hz, 100 Hz, and 150 Hz
R-wave detection Triangular pulse
Rate: 30 BPM, 60 BPM, 80 BPM, 120 BPM, 200 BPM, and 250 BPM
Width: 8 ms to 20 ms in 2 ms steps, and 20 ms to 200 ms in 10 ms steps
Width accuracy: ± (1 % of setting + 1 ms)
QRS detection Widths: 8 ms to 20 ms in 2 ms steps, and 20 ms to 200 ms in 10 ms steps
Width accuracy: ± (1 % of setting + 1 ms)
Rate: 30 BPM, 60 BPM, 80 BPM, 120 BPM, 200 BPM, and 250 BPM
R-Wave up slope: 0.875 amplitude, 0.4375 x width
R-Wave down slope: Full amplitude, 0.5 x width
S-Wave up slope: 0.125 amplitude, 0.0625 x width
Tall T-wave rejection Waveform: QT Interval 350 ms
T-Wave width 180 ms
T-Wave shape ½ sinewave
Amplitude: 0 % to 150 % reference lead amplitude in 10 % steps
Rate: 80 BPM
Rate accuracy ± 1 % of setting
Amplitude accuracy ± (2 % of setting + 0.05 mV)
ECG artifact
Type 50 Hz, 60 Hz, muscular, baseline wander, respiration
Size 25 %, 50 %, 100 % of the normal sinus R-Wave for each lead
Lead selects All, RA, LL, LA, V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6
Fetal /Maternal ECG
Fetal heart rate (fixed) 60 BPM to 240 BPM in 1 BPM steps
Fetal heart rate (IUP) 140 BPM at beginning, then varies with pressure
Intrauterine-pressure
Early deceleration, late deceleration, and acceleration
waveforms 90 seconds, bell-shaped pressure curve, from 0 mmHg to 90 mmHg and
Wave duration
returning to 0
IUP period 2 min, 3 min, or 5 minutes; and manual
Default settings FHR 140 BPM, early deceleration wave, manual
Respiration
Rate 0 (OFF), 10 BrPM to 150 BrPM in 1 BrPM steps
Waves Normal or ventilated
Ratio (inspiration:
Normal: 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5
expiration)
Ventilated: 1:01:00 AM
Impedance variations (Δ Ω) 0.00 Ω to 1.00 Ω in 0.05 Ω steps and 1 Ω to 5 Ω in 0.25 Ω steps
Accuracy delta ± (5 % of setting + 0.1 Ω)
Baseline 500 Ω, 1000 Ω (default), 1500 Ω, 2000 Ω, Leads I, II, III
Accuracy baseline ±5%
Respiration lead LA or LL (default)
12 sec, 22 sec, or 32 seconds (one-time events), or continuous (Apnea ON =
Apnea selection
respiration OFF)
Power-on default 20 BrPM, delta 1.0 Ω
Temperature
Temperature 30 °C to 42.0 °C in 0.5 °C steps
Accuracy ± 0.4 °C
Compatibility Yellow Springs, Inc. (YSI) Series 400 and 700
Output Circular DIN 4-Pin
Cardiac output
Catheter type Baxter Edwards, 93a-131-7f
Calibration coefficient 0.542 (0 °C injectate), 0.595 (24 °C injectate)
Blood temperature 36 °C (98.6 °F) to 38 °C (100.4 °F) ± 0.2 °C in 1 °C steps
Injectate volume 10 cc
Injectate temperature 0 °C or 24 °C
Cardiac output 2.5, 5, 10 liters per minute ± 7.5 %
Faulty-injectate curve Waveform for simulation available
Left-to-right-shunt curve Waveform for simulation available
Calibrated pulse 1.5 ° for 1 second
Connector Circular DIN 7 pin
Power-on default 5 liters per minute, 0 °C injectate, 37 °C blood temperature
Non-invasive blood
pressure
Pressure units mmHg or kPa
Manometer (pressure meter) Range: 10 mmHg to 400 mmHg
Resolution: 0.1 mmHg
Accuracy: ± (0.5 % reading + 0.5 mmHg)
Pressure source Target pressure range: 20 mmHg to 400 mmHg
Resolution: 1 mmHg

NIBP simulations Pulse: 2 mmHg max into 500 ml NIBP system

Volume of air moved: 1.25 ml max

Simulations (systolic/diastolic [MAP]): Adult: 60/30 (40), 80/50 (60); 100/65


(77); 120/80 (93); 150/100 (117); and 200/150 (167) and 255/195 (215)

Neonatal: 35/15 (22); 60/30 (40); 80/50 (60); 100/65 (77); 120/80 (93) and
150/100

Pressure variability: systolic and diastolic pressures are variable by 1 mmHg


RepeatabilityWithin ± 2 mmHg (at maximum pulse size independent of device
under test)
Synchronization: normal Sinus heart rates: 30 BPM to 240 BPM; Maximum rate
at 1 ml: 240 BPM achievable with pulses up to 1 ml
Maximum rate at 1.25 ml: 180 BPM

Synchronization: arrhythmias: Premature atrial contraction (PAC), premature


ventricular contrac- tion (PVC), atrial fibrillation, and missed beat

Leak test Target pressure: 20 mmHg to 400 mmHg


Elapse time: 0:30 min to 5:00 minutes: sec- onds in 30 second steps

Leakage rate: 0 mmHg/minute to 200 mmHg/ minute

Pressure relief test range 100 to 400 mmHg


Oximeter SpO2 optical
emitter and detector
% O2 Range: 30 % to 100 %
Resolution: 1%
With oximeter manufacturer’s R-curve Saturation within UUT specific range: ±
% O2 accuracy
(1 count + specified ac- curacy of the UUT)

Saturation outside UUT specific range: monotonic with unspeci- fied accuracy

91 % to 100 % ± (3 counts + specified accuracy of the UUT)


81 % to 90 % ± (5 counts + specified accuracy of the UUT)
71 % to 80 % ± (7 counts + specified accuracy of the UUT)
Below 71 % monotonic with un- specified accuracy
30 BPM to 300 BPM in 1 BPM steps. Oximeter SpO2 optical emitter and
Heart rate
detector is synchronized with ECG rate delayed by 150 ms.
Transmission: ratio of
detector current to LED
Range: 0 ppm to 300.00 ppm
current, expressed in parts
per million (ppm)
Resolution: 0.01 ppm
Accuracy: + 50 %/- 30 % for compatible monitors, unspecified for others.
Selected by finger size and color: dark, thick finger, medium finger, light, thin
finger, neonatal foot.
Pulse amplitude Range: 0 % to 20.00 %
Resolution: 0.01%

Artifact Respiration; Range: 0 % to 5 % of transmission; Resolution: 1 %

Ambient light: Range: 0 to 5X transmitted light; Resolution: 1X


Frequency: DC, 50 Hz, 60 Hz, and 1 kHz to 10 kHz in 1 kHz steps
Compatible manufacturer
With manufacturer R-curve: Nellcor, Masimo, Nonin, and Nihon Kohden
products
With Fluke R-curve: Mindray, GE-Ohmeda, Philips/HP, and BCI
Pre-Defined Simulations
Normal
Hypertensive
Hypotensive
Tachycardic
Bradycardic
Ventricular fibrillation
Asystole
Auto sequences
Monitor testing sequence
Medical training sequence
Oximeter testing sequence
Cardiac failure sequence
Arrhythmia sequence
Exercise sequence
Respiration sequence
Performance wave test
IBP testing sequence
Temperature sequence
mply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of each
s of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-
ture, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by the
by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evidence
statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false
fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution

Bidder’s Specification as Technical Statement of Compliance


Offer
1%
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” ag
each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be
and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, uncondition
compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by
contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidde
supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contract ma
Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution

Procuring Entity’s Specification

Phototherapy radiometer
Manufacturer:
Model:
Country of Origin:
Date of Manufacture:
Effective spectral range
429 - 473 nm (max. 97% response at 453 nm)
Measurement range
0-1999 µW/cm
Resolution
1 µW/cm
Linearity:
± 3 %full scale
Operating temperature:
0-50 degree celisius
Electrical accuracy: ± 3 %
Radiometer accuracy: within
± 4 % of full scale
Probe
Lens matches the cosine receiving function of human skin
Power
9 V battery; indicator on display for battery replacement;
Capable of 160 continuous hours operation
Weight
<250 g
Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of
tements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid
d sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and
ement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be
statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the
e execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the

Bidder’s Specification as Statement of Compliance


Technical Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” ag
Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supp
referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional stateme
manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequen
presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or
either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the B

Procuring Entity’s Specification

Electrical medical safety tester/analyser


Manufacturer:
Model:
Country of Origin:
Date of Manufacture:
Automated test sequences for ANSI/AAMI ES-1 (NFPA-99), IEC62353 (VDE751), IEC60601-1 2nd and 3rd
editions,
ECG waveform tests
Combine the functionality of a simulator and safety analyzer in a single test tool
Applied parts jacks and easy ECG snap connection and expander box for up to 12-lead ECG testing
Easy data entry through barcode external keyboard or on-board keypad
Wireless communication plus removable memory card
20 A at 220 V current capability
Replaceable mains fuses
Language: English,
CE Approved
Two-year extended warranty
Automated: Pre-set templates
Specifications
Portable
Simple
Data archival is fast and simple with wireless communication and through a removable memory card with
capacity for 15000 test results.
Voltage
90.0 V ac rms to 132.0 V ac rms
Range (mains voltage)
180.0 V ac rms to 264.0 V ac rms
Range (point-to-point
0.0 V ac rms to 300.0 V ac rms
voltage)
Accuracy ± (2 % of reading + 0.2 V)
Voltage tests Mains and point to point
Earth resistance
Modes Two-Wire
Test current > 200 mA ac
Ranges 0.000 Ω to 2.000 Ω
Accuracy ± (2 % of reading + 0.015 Ω)
Resistance tests Earth resistance and point to point
Equipment current
Mode AC rms
Range/ 0.0 A to 20.0 A
Accuracy ± (5 % of reading + (2 counts or 0.2 A, which- ever is greater))
15 A to 20 A, 5 min. on/5 min. off 10 A to 15 A, 7 min. on/3 min. off 0 A to 10
Duty cycle
A continuous
Leakage current
AC + DC (True-rms)
Modes AC only
DC only
*Modes are available in all leakage tests with the exception of MAP leakages that are available only in true-
rms
Patient load selection (input
AAMI ES1-1993 Fig.1 IEC 60601: Fig 15
impedance)
Crest factor ≤3
0.0 μA to 199.9 μA
Ranges 200 μA to 1999 μA
2.00 mA to 10.00 mA
DC to 1 kHz: ± (1 % of reading + (1 μA or 1 LSD, whichever is greater))

1 kHz to 100 kHz: ± (2 % of reading + (1 μA or 1 LSD, whichever is greater))

1 kHz to 5 kHz (current > 1.6 mA): ± (4 % of reading + (1 μA or 1 LSD,


whichever is greater))
Frequency response/accuracy
100 kHz to 1 MHz: ± (5 % of reading + (1 μA or 1 LSD, whichever is greater))

Accuracy for Isolation, MAP, Direct AP, Alternative AP, and Alternative
Equipment leakage tests all ranges are:

At 230 V ac additional ± 3.0 % and + (2.5 μA or 1 LSD, whichever is greater)

Ground wire (earth)


Chassis (enclosure)
Lead to ground (patient)
Lead to lead (patient auxiliary)
Lead isolation (mains on applied part)
Leakage tests
Direct equipment
Direct applied part
Alternative equipment
Alternative applied part
Point to point

100 % ± 7 % of Mains for AAMI, current limited to 1 mA ± 25 % per AAMI

Mains on applied part test 100 % ± 7 % of Mains for IEC 62353 current limited to 3.5 mA ± 25 % per IEC
voltage 62353
100 % ± 7 % of Mains for IEC 60601-1 current limited to 7.5 mA ± 25 % per
IEC 60601-1
Differential leakage
75 μ A to 199 μA
Ranges 200 μA to 1999 μA
2.00 mA to 20.00 mA
Accuracy ± (10 % of reading + (2 counts or 20 μA, whichever is greater))
Insulation resistance
0.5 MΩ to 20.0 MΩ: ± (2 % of reading + 0.2 MΩ)
Ranges/accuracy
20.0 MΩ to 100.0 MΩ: ± (7.5 % of reading + 0.2 MΩ)
500 V dc or 250 V dc (+20 %, -0 %)
Source test voltage
2.0 ± 0.25 mA short-circuit current
Mains-PE, AP-PE, Mains-PE, Mains-NE (non-earthed accessible conductive
Insulation resistance tests
part) and AP-NE (non-earthed accessible conductive part)
ECG performance waveforms
±2%
Accuracy ± 5 % for amplitude of 2 Hz square wave only, fixed at 1 mV lead II
configuration
Rates
ECG complex: 30 BPM, 60 BPM, 120 BPM, 180 BPM, and 240 BPM
Ventricular fibrillation
Waveforms Square wave (50 % duty cycle): 0.125 Hz and 2 Hz
Sine wave: 10 Hz, 40 Hz, 50 Hz, 60 Hz, and100 Hz
Triangle wave: 2 Hz
Pulse (63 ms pulse width): 30 BPM and 60 BPM
Test standards
Available selections ANSI/AAMI ES-1, IEC62353, IEC60601-1, and AS/NZS 3551
Built-in test sequences
Patient Monitor, Defibrillator, Infusion Pump, Ultrasound Device, Ge- neric
IEC60601-1 3rd Edition
Device and System
Patient Monitor, Defibrillator, Infusion Pump, Ultrasound Device and Generic
IEC62353
Device
Patient Monitor, Defibrillator, Infusion Pump, Ultrasound Device and Generic
NFPA-99 (Hospital)
Device
Patient Monitor, Defibrillator, Infusion Pump, Ultrasound Device and Generic
ANSI/AAMI ES1
Device
Communications
USB device upstream port Mini-B connector for control by a computer

USB host controller port Type A, 5 V output, 0.5 A max load. Connector for keyboard and barcode reader

Wireless IEEE 802.15.4 for control by a computer


Modes of operation Manual and remote
Power ratings
Main’s voltage outlet 230 V ac
Main’s voltage inlet power
180 V ac rms to 264 V ac rms
range
Maximum current 16 A
Hz 50 Hz
Physical case
Weight <1.8Kg
Environmental
Operating temperature 10 ºC to 40 ºC (50 ºF to 104 ºF)
Storage temperature -20 ºC to 60 ºC (-4 ºF to 140 ºF)
Operating humidity 10 % to 90 % non-condensing
Altitude 2300 meters
Warranty Two-year extended warranty
mply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of each
s of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-
ture, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by the
by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evidence
statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false
fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution

Bidder’s Specification as Technical Statement of Compliance


Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of
each Specification stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and
cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance
issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by
the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is
found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for
prosecution

Procuring Entity’s Specification Bidder’s Specification as Statement


Technical Offer of
Complian
ce

Defibrilator tester/analyser, External pacemaker tester


Manufacturer:
Model:
Country of Origin:
Date of Manufacture:
Energy output measurement
Compatible defibrillator wave- shapes Lown, Edmark, trapezoidal, dc biphasic, and ac pulsed biphasic

Note: AC pulsed biphasic waveform has not been approved in the United States.
Autoranged measurement 0.1 J to 600 J
0.1 J to 360 J: ± (1 % of reading + 0.1 J) 360 J to 600 J: ± (1 % of reading + 0.1 J),
typical
Note: For pulsed biphasic defibrillator, specified accuracy is ± (1.5 % of reading +
Accuracy 0.3 J) on both ranges.
Load resistance
Resistance 50 Ω
Accuracy ± 1 %, non-inductive (< 2 μH)
Pulse trigger level 20 V
Pulse width
Range 1 ms to 50 ms
Accuracy ± 0.1 ms
Voltage
Range 20 V to 5000 V
Accuracy ± (1 % of reading + 2 V)
Current
Range 0.4 A to 100 A
Accuracy ± (1 % of reading + 0.1 A)
Tilt (biphasic and pulsed biphasic)
Range 1 % to 99 %
Accuracy ± 1 digit

Interphase delay (biphasic and pulsed biphasic)


Range 0.1 ms to 9.9 ms
Accuracy ± 0.1 ms
Frequency (pulsed biphasic only)
Range 2000 Hz to 8000 Hz
Accuracy ± 1 % of reading
Duty cycle (pulsed biphasic only)
Range 1 % to 99 %
Accuracy ± 1 digit
Sample rate 250 kHz (4 μs sample)
Maximum average power 12 W, equivalent to 10 defib pulses of 360 J every 5 minutes
Scope output Autorange: 2000:1, 400:1, and 80:1 depending on range
Output: BNC
Waveform playback Output impedance: 50 Ω
Amplitude accuracy: ± 5 %
Charge time measurement
Range 0.1 s to 100 s
Accuracy ± 0.05 s, typical
Synchronization test (elective cardioversion)
• Timing window: ECG R-wave peak to the defib pulse peak
• Range: -120 ms to 380 ms; measures timing from 120 ms prior to the R-wave
Delay time measurement peak to up to 380 ms following the R-wave peak
• Resolution: 1 ms
• Accuracy: ± 1 ms
• Normal sinus rhythm (NSR): 10 BPM to 180 BPM in 1 BPM steps
• Atrial fibrillation: Coarse and fine
ECG waves
ECG waves
• Monomorphic ventricular tachycardia: 120 BPM to 240 BPM in 5 BPM steps
• Asystole: Flat line
Automated defibrillator test ECG waves
Normal sinus 10 BPM to 300 BPM in 1 BPM steps
Ventricular fibrillation Coarse and fine
Monomorphic ventricular tachycardia 120 BPM to 300 BPM in 5 BPM steps
Polymorphic ventricular tachycardia 5 types
Asystole Flat line
ECG waves
ECG general
12-lead simulation; RA, LL, LA, RL, V1-6 with independent outputs Lead to lead
Lead configuration impedance: 1000 Ω (nominal)
Rate accuracy ± 1 % nominal
ECG amplitudes
Reference lead Selectable, Lead II (default) or Lead I
Settings 0.05 mV to 0.45 mV by 0.05 mV steps and 0.5 mV to 5 mV by 0.5 mV steps
Accuracy (all performance waves and normal
sinus R waves)
Lead II ±2%
All other leads ±5%
Defib paddles ±5%
Amplitude of ECG signals relative to amplitude
setting (in percent)
Lead II reference
Performance waves and R wave detection
Lead # Ref. amp.
I 70%
II 100%
III 30%
V1 100%
V2 100%
V3 100%
V4 100%
V5 100%
V6 100%
Normal sinus waves:
Lead # Ref. amp.
I 70%
II 100%
III 30%
V1 24%
V2 48%
V3 100%
V4 120%
V5 112%
V6 0%
Lead I reference
Performance waves and R wave detection
Lead # Ref. amp.
I 100%
II 150%
III 50%
V1 100%
V2 100%
V3 100%
V4 100%
V5 100%
V6 100%
Normal sinus waves:
Lead # Ref. amp.
I 100%
II 150%
III 50%
V1 24%
V2 48%
V3 100%
V4 120%
V5 112%
V6 80%
ECG normal sinus
Rates 10 BPM to 360 BPM in 1 BPM steps
ECG high level output
Amplitude
Range 0.5 V per mV of reference lead setting
Accuracy ±5%
Output impedance 50 Ω
ECG on defibrillator input load

Same as the Lead II amplitude but limited to ± 4 mV


ECG performance waves
Square wave 2 Hz and 0.125 Hz
Triangular wave 2 Hz and 2.5 Hz
Sine waves 0.05, 0.5, 5, 10, 40, 50, 60, 100, 150, and 200 Hz
Pulse 30 BPM and 60 BPM, 60 ms pulse width
R-wave detection
Waveform Haver-triangle
Amplitude 0.05 mV to 0.45 mV in 0.05 mV steps and 0.5 mV to 5 mV in 0.5 mV steps
Rate 30, 60, 80, 120, 200, and 250 BPM
Widths 8, 10, 12 ms, and 20 ms to 200 ms in 10 ms steps
Accuracy ± (1 % setting + 1 ms)
Noise immunity
Wave Sine
Line frequency 50 Hz or 60 Hz (± 0.5 Hz)
Amplitude
Range 0.0 mV to 10 mV in 0.5 mV steps
Accuracy ±5%
Transvenous pacer pulse simulation
Widths
Range 0.1 ms, 0.2 ms, 0.5 ms, 1 ms, and 2 ms
Accuracy ± 5 % of setting
Amplitudes
Range 0 (off) and ± 2 mV, ± 4 mV, ± 6 mV, ± 8 mV, ± 10 mV, ± 12 mV, ± 14
mV, ± 16 mV, ± 18 mV, ± 20 mV, ± 50 mV, ± 100 mV, ± 200, ± 500,
and ± 700 mV
Accuracy ± (10 % setting + 0.2 mV)
Arrhythmia selections
Demand: 30 BPM to 360 BPM in 1 BPM steps
Asynchronous
Non-capture
Pacer interactive
Non-function

Threshold (interactive pacing simulation only): 10 mA to 250 mA in 10 mA steps


Artrial fibrillation course
Atrial fibrillation fine
Atrial flutter
Sinus arrhythmia
Supraventricular Missed beat
Atrial tachycardia
Paroxysmal atrial tachycardia (PAT)
Nodal rhythm
Supraventricular tachycardia Premature
Atrial PAC
Nodal PNC
PVC1 left ventricle
PVC1 LV early
Premature PVC1 LV R on T
PVC2 right ventricle
PVC2 RV early
PVC2 RV R on T
Multifocal PVCs
PVCs 6/min
PVCs 12/min
PVCs 24/min
Freq multifocal
Trigeminy

Ventricular
Bigeminy
Ventricular Pair PVCs
Run 5 PVCs
Run 11 PVCs

Monomorphic ventricular tachycardia: 120 BPM to 300 BPM in 5 BPM steps


Polymorphic ventricular tachycardia: 1 to 5
Ventricular fibrillation: coarse and fine
1° Block
2° Block Type I
2° Block Type II
3° Block
Right bundle branch block RBBB
Left bundle branch block LBBB Transvenous Paced with select- able pacer spike
amplitudes and widths
Conduction
Atrial 80 BPM
Async 75 BPM
Demand with frequent sinus beats
Demand with occasional sinus beats
AV sequential
Non-capture
Non-function
Selections for all waves in group
Atrial pacer pulse
Width 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2 ms
Polarity + or -
Amplitude 0 (off), 2 to 20 (by 2), 50, 100, 200, 500, 700 mV
Ventricular pacer pulse
Width 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, 1, 2 ms
Polarity + or -
Amplitude 0 (off), 2 to 20 (by 2), 50, 100, 200, 500, 700 mV
R-wave detection
Rate 30, 60, 80, 120, 200, 250 BPM
Width 8, 10, 12, 20 to 200 (by 10) ms
Amplitude 0.05 to 0.45 (by 0.05), 0.5 to 5 (by 0.5) mV
Transcutaneous pacemaker analyzer technical
specifications (7000DP only)
Test load Selections
Defibrillator input
Fixed load 50 Ω
Accuracy ± 1 %, non-inductive (<2 μH)
Power rating 10 defib pulses of 360 J every 5 minutes
Pacemaker input
Variable load 50 Ω to 1500 Ω in 50 Ω steps
Accuracy ± 2 %, non-inductive (< 2 μH)
Power rating 5 W (average), 40 W (peak) @ 1000 Ω
Measurements
GE Responder (1500 and 1700)
MDE 300 (Medical Data Electronics)
Medtronic ERS/Physio Control LIFEPAK
Manufacturer specific algorithms MRL (Medical Research Laboratory/Welch Allyn)
Philips/Agilent/HP
Schiller Medical
ZOLL Medical (plus a general purpose Default Algorithm selec- tion)
Current
Range 4 mA to 250 mA
Accuracy ± 1 % of reading + 0.02 mA
Pulse rate
Range 5 PPM to 800 PPM
Accuracy ± 0.5 % of reading + 0.1 PPM
Pulse width
Range 1 ms to 100 ms
Accuracy ± 0.5 % of reading + 0.01 ms
Energy
Range 1 μJ to 2 J
Accuracy ± 4 % of reading + 10 μJ
Demand and asynchronous mode test
Input pacer pulse rates 30 PPM to 200 PPM
Energy
Rate 10 BPM to 300 BPM in 1 BPM steps
Amplitude 1 mV
Underdrive rate 10 BPM minimum
Overdrive rate 300 BPM maximum
Sensitivity test
Automatic interactive threshold detection
Compatible pacer rates 30 PPM to 120 PPM
ECG R wave
Waveforms Square, triangle, sine

Width 1 ms to 19 ms (by 1 ms), 20 ms to 95 ms (by 5 ms), 100 ms to 300 ms (by 25 ms)


Accuracy ± 5 % of setting
Amplitude 0.05 mV to 0.95 mV (by 0.05 mV), 1 mV to 5 mV (by 0.5 mV)
Accuracy ± 5 % of setting
Maximum voltage 5000 V
Maximum continuous power 12 W, equivalent to 10 defib pulses of 360 J every 5 minutes
< 2 μH, @25 Ω
< 3 μH, @50 Ω
< 4 μH, @75 Ω and 100 Ω
Inductance < 5 μH, @125 Ω
< 6 μH, @150 Ω
< 7 μH, @175 Ω
< 8 μH, @200 Ω
Operating Temperature 10 °C to 40 °C (50 °F to 104 °F)
Storage Temperature -20 °C to 60 °C (-4 °F to 140 °F)
Humidity 10 % to 90 % non-condensing
Weight (net) 1.7 kg
Safety class Complies with EN61010-1 2nd Edition, Class II product
Warranty Two-year extended warranty
Calibration interval One-year
Electrical specifications (for Load Accessory and
Analyzer together)
Load settings 25 Ω, 50 Ω, 75 Ω, 100 Ω, 125 Ω, 150 Ω, 175 Ω, and 200 Ω ± 1 %
Accuracy
2 % of reading + 0.1 J with 25, 75 Ω though 200 Ω loads, 1 % of reading + 0.1 J with
Energy (all except pulsed biphasic) 50 Ω load
2.5 % of reading + 0.3 J with 25, 75 Ω though 200 Ω loads, 1.5 % of reading + 0.3 J
Energy (pulsed biphasic) with 50 Ω load
1 % of reading + 2 V with 25 Ω and 50 Ω loads, 2 % of reading + 2 V with 75 Ω
Voltage through 200 Ω loads
2 % of reading + 0.1 A with 25 Ω load, 1 % of reading + 0.1 A with 50 Ω through
Current 200 Ω loads
General specifications
Operating temperature 10 °C to 40 °C (50 °F to 104 °F)
Storage temperature -20 °C to 60 °C (-4 °F to 140 °F)
Humidity 10 % to 90 % non-condensing
Display LCD display
Communications USB device port for computer control
Modes of operation Manual and remote

Internal rechargeable NiMH battery pack for nine hours (typical) operation after
full charge or the battery charger can operate the analyzer and charge the battery
Power simultaneously
Battery charger 240 V input
Enclosure ABS plastic housing
Dimensions (WxDxH) 32 cm x 24 cm x 13 cm (13 in x 9.5 in x 5 in)
Weight 3.02 kg (6.6 lb, 0.1 oz)
CE: IEC/EN61010-1 2nd Edition; Pollution degree 2 CAN/CSA-C22.2 No 61010-1;
Safety standards UL61010-1
Electromagnetic compatibility standards European EMC: EN61326-1
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” ag
corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a B
form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by the ma
statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evidence presented will render th
Bidders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualifica
render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution

Procuring Entity’s Specification

Tachometer, digital
Manufact
M
Country of Or
Date of Manufac
Detailed specifications

Measurement method

Measurement ranges Non-


contact, AVG=ON
Measurement ranges Contact,
AVG=ON
Measurement ranges Contact,
AVG=ON

Accuracy

Non-contact measuring
detection range
Display refresh rate
Functions

Dust and water proof

Common functions

Power supply
Operating time
AC power supply
Dimensions and mass

Accessories
ders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual par
formance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-reference
urer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independ
ot supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable f
of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the Co
or supplier liable for prosecution

Procuring Entity’s Specification

al
Manufacturer:
Model:
Country of Origin:
Date of Manufacture:
tions
Non-contact: Using red visible-spectrum light and reflective tape
Contact: Using optional Contact Adapter
Rotation (r/min): (30.00 to 199.99) to (20000 to 99990), Rotation (r/s): (0.5000 to 1.9999) to (200.0
to 1600.0), Period (ms): (0.6000 to 1.9999) to (200.0 to 1999.9), Count: 0 to 999999
Rotation (r/min): (15.00 to 199.99) to (2000 to 19999), Rotation (r/s): (0.2500 to 1.9999) to (200.0 to
333.00), Period (ms): (3.000 to 19.999) to (200.0 to 3999.9), Count: 0 to 999999
Straight-line speed (meter/min): (1.500 to 19.999) to (200.0 to 1999.9)
Straight-line speed (meter/s): (0.0250 to 1.9999) to (20.00 to 33.30)
Up to 9999 counts: ±1 dgt. (AVG=ON), ±10 dgt. (AVG=OFF)
10000 counts or more: ±2 dgt. (AVG=ON), ±20 dgt. (AVG=OFF)
20000 counts or more (r/min mode only): ±20 dgt. (AVG=ON), ±100 dgt. (AVG=OFF)
Straight-line speed measurement only: ±0.5 % rdg. add to above-mentioned accuracy

50 mm (1.97 inch) to 500 mm (19.7 inch)

Approx. 0.5 to 10 times/s


[Analog output] 0 to 1 V f.s., Accuracy: ±2 % f.s., Output resistance: 1 kΩ
[Pulse output] 0 to 3.3 V, Output resistance: 1 kΩ
Can use with the AC adapter for power supply
IP50 (EN60529)
MAX/MIN display, Display hold, Average, Auto power save, Buzzer sound, Drop-proof (1 m
distance onto concrete surface)
LR6 (AA) alkaline battery ×2, Max. rated consumption 0.5 VA
Continuous use 30 hr
AC adapter
< 250 g (including batteries)
Instruction manual ×1, Reflective tape 9211 ×1 sheet (30 pieces/ 12 mm (0.47 in) × 12 mm (0.47 in)
per piece), Carrying case C0202 ×1, LR6 (AA) alkaline battery ×2, Output cord×1
ly” against each of the individual parameters of each Specification stating the
in a Bidders Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence. Evidence shall be in the
the manufacturer, samples, independent test data etc., as appropriate. A
nder the Bid under evaluation liable for rejection. A statement either in the
ualification or the execution of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and

Bidder’s Specification as Technical Statement of Compliance


Offer
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply”
stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by e
Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and c
test data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by th
for rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false
of the Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution

Procuring Entity’s Specification

Multimeter, digital, true rms


Manufac
M
Country of O
Date of Manufa
Safety IEC 61010-1: Pollution Degree 2
IEC 61010-2-033: CAT III 1000V
Fuse for A input 16 A, 1000 V FAST Fuse
Display Digital: 6,000 counts, updates 4 per second
Operating temperature -10°C to +50°C
Storage temperature -40°C to +60°C
Battery type 9 volt Alkaline, IEC 6LR61
Battery life 400 hours
Range/resolution
DC millivolts 1000.0 mV / 0.1 mV
DC volts 1000.0 mV / 0.1 mV

Auto volts 1000.0 V / 0.1 V

AC millivolts¹ True RMS 1000.0 mV / 0.1 mV

6.000 V / 0.001 V, 60.00 V / 0.01 V, 1000.00 V


AC volts¹ True RMS
/ 0.1 V

Continuity 1000 Ω / 1 Ω,

1000.0 Ω / 0.1 Ω, 6.000 kΩ / 0.001 kΩ, 60.00


Ohms kΩ / 0.01 kΩ, 1000.0 kΩ / 0.1 kΩ, 6.000 MΩ /
0.001 MΩ,
40.00 MΩ / 0.01 MΩ
Diode test 2.00 V / 0.001 V

1000 nF / 1 nF, 10.00 μF / 0.01 μF, 100.0 μF /


Capacitance
0.1 μF, 9999 μF / 1 μF, 100 μF to 1000 μF

Lo-Z capacitance 1 nF to 500 μF


AC amps True RMS (45
6.000 A / 0.001 A, 10.00 A / 0.01 A
Hz to 500 Hz)

DC amps 6.000 A / 0.001 A 10.00 A / 0.01 A

99.99 Hz / 0.01 Hz, 999.9 Hz / 0.1 Hz, 9.999


Hz (V or A input)²
kHz / 0.001 Hz, 50.00 kHz / 0.01 Hz
t of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of each Specification
ment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence.
les literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent
by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable
mpliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution
idder or supplier liable for prosecution

ty’s Specification Bidder’s Specification as


Technical Offer

Manufacturer:
Model:
Country of Origin:
Date of Manufacture:

Accuracy
±([% of reading] + [counts]): 0.5% + 2
±([% of reading] + [counts]): 0.5% + 2
2.0% + 3 (DC, 45 Hz to 500 Hz), 4.0% + 3 (500 Hz to
1 kHz)
1.0% + 3 (DC, 45 Hz to 500 Hz), 2.0% + 3 (500 Hz to
1 kHz)
1.0% + 3 (DC, 45 Hz to 500 Hz), 2.0% + 3 (500 Hz to
1 kHz)
Beeper on < 20 Ω, off > 250 Ω detects opens or shorts
of 500 μs or longer.

0.9% + 1

5% + 2
0.9% + 2

1.9% + 2

10% + 2 typical
1.5% + 3, 20 A continuous overload for 30 seconds
max
1.0% + 3, 20 A continuous overload for 30 seconds
max

0.1% + 2
dividual parameters of each Specification
id and cross-referenced to that evidence.
e manufacturer, samples, independent
will render the Bid under evaluation liable
ation, post-qualification or the execution

Statement of Compliance
Instructions: Bidders must state in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” ag
stating the corresponding performance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evid
Evidence shall be in the form of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and com
data etc., as appropriate. A statement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evide
rejection. A statement either in the Bidders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false either d
Contract may be regarded as fraudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution

Procuring Entity’s Specification

30-day electronic temperature logger,


Manufactur
Mod
Country of Orig
Date of Manufactu
Size of the LCD display:
Weight:
Storage condition (inactive):
Operating temperature:
Display visible:
Alarm temperature range:
Alarm limits:
Alarm time:
Temperature measurement interval:
Accuracy of
temperature measurement:
Accuracy of time:
Calibration:
Date/Time programming:
Protection class:
Operating lifetime:
Manipulation:
Remaining lifetime
Warranty
Thermometer
Interface
Reporting

Probe type
Displays
ate in the column under Statement of Compliance the word either “Comply” or “Not Comply” against each of the individual parameters of e
ormance parameter of the equipment offered. Statements of “Comply” must be supported by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-referenced
of manufacturer’s un-amended sales literature, unconditional statements of specification and compliance issued by the manufacturer, sampl
tement that is not supported by evidence or is subsequently found to be contradicted by the evidence presented will render the Bid under ev
n the Bidders statement of compliance or the supporting evidence that is found to be false either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or
raudulent and render the Bidder or supplier liable for prosecution

re logger,
Manufacturer:
Model:
Country of Origin:
Date of Manufacture:
95 x 27mm
100g
-30°C to +60°C / -22°F to +140 °F
-30°C to +55°C / -22°F to +131 °F
-10°C to +55°C / +14°F to +131 °F
-30°C to +50°C, in 0.1°C increments / -22°F to +122°F
2 individually programmable alarm limits (1 upper and 1 lower alarm limit)
1 Minute to 23h 59min
Every minute
±0.5°C (-5°C to 30°C), ±0.6°C (beyond this range)
±1.0°F (+23°F to +86°F), ±1.1°F (beyond this range)
±30 minutes / year
Every device is calibrated / NIST/ILAC traceable
Date and time will be set when device is activated
IP67
up to years - expiry date printed on label
Fridge-tag® 2 cannot be manipulated or reset without destroying it.
>2years
2years
sealed
connected via USB to a PC or Mac it creates a PDF
Software-Less PDF Generation Temperature / Alarm Data Plus Graphs
PDF report... 60 days of temperature & alarm data
Removable Probe
Current Temperature
30 Day Status on Screen
Meets FDA 21 CFR Part 11 requirements
mply” against each of the individual parameters of each Specification
by evidence in a Bidders Bid and cross-referenced to that evidence.
and compliance issued by the manufacturer, samples, independent test
he evidence presented will render the Bid under evaluation liable for
either during Bid evaluation, post-qualification or the execution of the

Bidder’s Specification as Statement of Compliance


Technical Offer
DENTAL CHAIR, FULLY LOADED AND ELECTRICALLY O
GENERAL
1. USE

1.1 Clinical purpose

1.2 Clinical department


TECHNICAL
2. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Technical characteristics (specific to


2.1
this type of device)

2.2 User's interface

Software and/ or standard of


2.3
communication (where ever required

3. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
3.1 Dimensions(metric)
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg)
3.3 Noise (in dBA)
3.4 Heat dissipation
3.5 Mobility, portability
4. ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ….)
4.1 Power requirements
4.2 Battery operated
4.3 Protection
4.4 Power consumption
5. ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES

Accessories, (mandatory, standard,


optional); Spare parts (main ones);
5.1
Consumables/reagents (open, closed
system)

BIDDING/PROCUREMENT TERMS
6. ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
Atmosphere/Ambience (air
6.1
conditioning, humidity, dust …)

User's care, Cleaning, Disinfection &


6.2
Sterility issues
7. STANDARDS AND SAFETY
Certificates (pre-market, sanitary,);
Performance and safety standards
7.1
(specific to the device type); Local
and/or international

7.2 Local and/or international


8. TRAINING AND INSTALLATION
Pre- installation requirements:
8.1
(Nature, values, quality)
8.2 Requirements for sign-off
Training of staff (medical,
8.3
paramedical, technicians)
9. WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE
9.1 Warranty
10. DOCUMENTATION

Operating manuals, set manuals,


10.1
other manuals

10.2 Other accompanying documents


11. Notes
Service Support Contact details
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise; including a toll
free/landline number)
11.2 Recommendations or warnings
, FULLY LOADED AND ELECTRICALLY OPERATED
GENERAL

Examination/treatment chairs designed to facilitate dental examination, treatment, and/or minor surgical procedures. These chairs are typ
adjustable up to a height that allows the healthcare staff to perform procedures while standing; the chairs usually include head- and armr
reclining back that may be tilted from a vertical to a horizontal or near-horizontal position, and rotating capabilities to facilitate examina
and/or treatment.
Dental Department
TECHNICAL
CS
It should have double articulating headrest with seesaw movement. It should be provided with soft cervical support.
Dental unit should have latest overhead delivery system.
It should have two 3-way syringes (Tip autoclavable, with spare tips) one on unit side and other on the assistant side.
It should have two high speed Air rotor terminals with two rotor hand pieces and accessories and one terminal for fiber optic. One for air
motor/micro motor having straight and contra angle hand pieces and other for air rotor terminal with two air rotor hand pieces with two s
cartridges.
It should have LED light cure unit with minimum intensity 1200 mW/cm2.
It should have infection control system with non-retraction valves.
All hand pieces / terminals should be kept on Autoclavable pads. 8 spare autoclavable pads should be supplied.
Arm of unit should be pneumatically locked.
All air tubing of the delivery system can be disinfected internally after every dental procedure.
It should have one in built piezo ultrasonic scalar (max frequency should be 36 KHZ)
Removable auxiliary tray (autoclavable) shall be supplied – 10 sets.
It should have integrated latest foot operated LED light (30000 - 50000 Lux).
It should have rotatable water system with removable spittoon.
It should have Medium Vacuum Suction and high suction (Motorized Suction).
Should have following multiple programmes Two programmable working positions.
Spitting and last working position with light ON and OFF automatically.
Return to Zero position with light OFF automatically.
It should have emergency stop control with luminous indication. Programmable bowl water and cup filler water.
It should have LED based X-ray viewer (For I.P.G/O.P. G films). It should be provided with right arm.
It should have multi-functional foot control base.
It should be provided with two stools with adjustable backrest tilt including an adjustable ring for foot rest
Oil free medical grade compressor of 1. HP (fully imported)
Manual

In built

TICS
NA
NA
Noise-free system
Should maintain nominal temp and the heat should be disbursed through a cooling mechanism

y, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ….)


230V, AC, 50 Hz, 15 Amps, Line resistance < 0.4 ohms.
No
.
To be specified by vendor.
TS, CONSUMABLES
LED LIGHT CARE UNIT:
1. Ensures up to 1200 mW/ sq.cm
ULTRASONIC SCALAR:
1. Piezotronics Scalar with frequency of 28000-36000 Hz
2. Autoclavable hand piece, Total control is Microprocessor based
3. Hand Pieces most sleek.
4. The scalar supplies with: Piezotronics scalar with 4 tips.
FOOT OPERATED LIGHT:
1. LED light with 3 intensities with 3 axis movement.
2. Intensity is between 30000 - 50000 Lux
3. On/off Switch by sensor switch - non touch.
4. Step intensity control by non-touch sensor.
AIR ROTOR:
1. Air Rotor hand piece clean head with a speed of 350000 RPM
2. Supplies with
a. Titanium/ SS Air rotor torque hand piece.
b. Ultra-push type non retraction valve.
BRUSHLESS MICROMOTOR:
1. It should have digital display of speed.
2. High Torque Micro motor (Foot Controlled) with Speed range of 2000 -40000 RPM
3. It should have reverse and forward speed along.
4. It should have auto cut off system for over load. 5.It should be supplied with
a. Contangle Hand piece (Autoclavable): Speed: 40000 RPM
b. Straight Hand Piece (Autoclavable): Speed 40000 RPM.
AIR COMPRESSOR:
1. Medical grade, Oil free, Noise free at least 1 HP Compressor.
2. The compressor should be fitted with
a. Built in thermo cut off to save motor during excess of heat
b. auto head air release valve,
c. Automatic cut off
d. Safety release valve
e. Drain Valve
f. The inner surface of the compressor tank (at least 35 L) is coated with Epoxy to prevent rusting.
BIDDING/PROCUREMENT TERMS
PARTMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
1. Operating Condition: Capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 80%
circumstances.
2. Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%
1. Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come into contact with the patient or the operator should either be capable of eas
disinfection or be protected by a single use/disposable cover.

Should be US FDA/CE/ approved and EFDA registered product


Manufacturer and Supplier should have ISO 13485 certification for quality standards
Electrical safety conforms to the standards for electrical safety IEC
60601-1-General requirements (or equivalent BIS Standard).
Manufacturer/Supplier should have ISO 13485 certificate for quality standard.
TION
Stable power supply

Certificate of calibration and inspection of parts from the manufacturer


1. Training of users on operation and basic maintenance;
2. Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented;
NANCE
3 years, including all spares and calibration.

Should provide 2 sets (hard copy and soft copy) of:


1. User, technical and maintenance manuals should be supplied in English along with machine diagrams;
2. List of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine maintenance;
3. Service and operation manuals (original and Copy) to be provided;
4. Advanced maintenance tasks documentation;
5. Certificate of calibration and inspection,
6. Satisfactory certificate for any existing installation from government hospital.
List of essential spares and accessories, with their part number and cost;

Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided; Any Contract (AMC/CMC/ ad-hoc) to be declared by th
manufacturer.

Any warning sign would be adequately displayed.


DENTAL X-RAY-INTRA ORAL WITH RVG
GENERAL
1. USE

1.1 Clinical purpose

Used by clinical
1.2
department/ward
TECHNICAL

2. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Technical characteristics (specific to


2.1
this type of device)

2.2 User's interface


Software and/ or standard of
2.3 communication (where
ever required

3. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

3.1 Dimensions(metric)
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg)
3.3 Noise (in dBA)

3.4 Heat dissipation


3.5 Mobility, portability

4. ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ….)

4.1 Power requirements


4.2 Battery operated

4.3 Protection

4.4 Power consumption

5. ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES


Accessories, (mandatory, standard,
optional);
Spare parts (main ones);
Consumables/reagents (open, closed
5.1 system)

BIDDING/PROCUREMENT TERMS/DONATION REQUIREMENTS

6. ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

Atmosphere/Ambience (air
6.1
conditioning, humidity, dust …)

User's care, Cleaning, Disinfection &


6.2
Sterility issues

7. STANDARDS AND SAFETY

Certificates (pre- market, sanitary,..);


Performance and safety standards
7.1
(specific to the device type); Local
and/or international

Local and/or
7.2
international

8. TRAINING AND INSTALLATION


Pre- installation requirements:
8.1 (nature, values,
quality)
Requirements for sign-
8.2

off

Training of staff (medical,


8.3 paramedical,

technicians)

9. WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE

9.1 Warranty
10. DOCUMENTATION

Operating manuals, set manuals,


10.1
other manuals

Other accompanying
10.2

documents
11. Notes
Service Support Contact details
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise; including a toll
free/landline number)

Recommendations or
11.2

warnings
DENTAL X-RAY – EXTRA ORAL (O.P.G) – DIGITAL

Version no. :
Date:
Done by: (name. Institution)

NAME, CATEGORY AND CODING

UMDNS name
UMDNS code(s)
GENERAL
1. USE

1.1 Clinical purpose

Used by clinical
1.2
department/ward
TECHNICAL

2. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Technical characteristics (specific to


2.1
this type of device)

2.2 User's interface


Software and/ or standard of
2.3 communication(where
ever required

3. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

3.1 Dimensions(metric)
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg)
3.3 Noise (in dBA)

3.4 Heat dissipation

3.5 Mobility, portability

4. ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ….)

4.1 Power requirements


4.2 Battery operated
4.3 Protection
4.4 Power consumption

5. ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES


Accessories, (mandatory, standard,
optional);
5.1 Spare parts (main ones);
Consumables/reagents
(open, closed system)

BIDDING/PROCUREMENT TERMS/DONATION REQUIREMENTS

6. ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

Atmosphere/Ambience (air
6.1
conditioning, humidity, dust …)

User's care, Cleaning, Disinfection &


6.2
Sterility issues

7. STANDARDS AND SAFETY

Certificates (pre- market, sanitary,..);


Performance and safety standards
7.1
(specific to the device type); Local
and/or international

Local and/or
7.2
international

8. TRAINING AND INSTALLATION

Pre- installation requirements:


8.1
(nature, values, quality)
Requirements for sign-
8.2

off

Training of staff (medical,


8.3 paramedical,

technicians)

9. WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE

9.1 Warranty
10. DOCUMENTATION

Operating manuals, set manuals,


10.1
other manuals

Other accompanying
10.2

documents
11. Notes
Service Support Contact details
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise; including a toll
free/landline number)

Recommendations or
11.2

warnings
FULLY LOADED DENTAL CHAIR ELECTRICALLY

OPERATED
Version no. :
Date:
Done by: (name. Institution)

NAME, CATEGORY AND CODING

UMDNS name
UMDNS code(s)
GENERAL
1. USE

1.1 Clinical purpose

1.2 Clinical department


TECHNICAL

2. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Technical characteristics (specific to


2.1
this type of device)
2.2 User's interface
Software and/ or standard of
2.3 communication (where
ever required

3. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

3.1 Dimensions(metric)
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg)
3.3 Noise (in dBA)

3.4 Heat dissipation

3.5 Mobility, portability

4. ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ….)

4.1 Power requirements


4.2 Battery operated
4.3 Protection
4.4 Power consumption

5. ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES

Accessories, (mandatory, standard,


optional); Spare parts (main ones);
5.1
Consumables/reagents (open, closed
system)
BIDDING/PROCUREMENT TERMS/DONATION REQUIREMENTS

6. ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

Atmosphere/Ambience (air
6.1
conditioning, humidity, dust …)

User's care, Cleaning, Disinfection &


6.2
Sterility issues

7. STANDARDS AND SAFETY

Certificates (pre-market, sanitary,);


Performance and safety standards
7.1
(specific to the device type); Local
and/or international

7.2 Local and/or international

8. TRAINING AND INSTALLATION

Pre- installation requirements:


8.1
(Nature, values, quality)
8.2 Requirements for sign-off
Training of staff (medical,
8.3
paramedical, technicians)

9. WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE


9.1 Warranty
10. DOCUMENTATION

Operating manuals, set manuals,


10.1
other manuals

Other accompanying
10.2
documents
11. Notes
Service Support Contact details
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise; including a toll
free/landline number)

Recommendations or
11.2

warnings

MINI AUTOCLAVE (VACUUM TYPE)

Version no. :
Date:
Done by: (name. Institution)

NAME, CATEGORY AND CODING

UMDNS name
UMDNS code(s)
GENERAL
1. USE

1.1 Clinical purpose

Used by clinical
1.2
department/ward
TECHNICAL

2. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

Technical characteristics (specific to


2.1
this type of device)
Technical characteristics (specific to
2.1
this type of device)

2.2 User's interface


Software and/ or standard of
2.3 communication(where
ever required

3. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

3.1 Dimensions(metric)
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg)
3.3 Noise (in dBA)

3.4 Heat dissipation

3.5 Mobility, portability

4. ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ….)

4.1 Power requirements


4.2 Battery operated
4.3 Protection
4.4 Power consumption

5. ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES


Accessories, (mandatory, standard,
optional); Spare parts (main ones);
5.1
Consumables/reagents (open, closed
system)

BIDDING/PROCUREMENT TERMS/DONATION REQUIREMENTS

6. ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

Atmosphere/Ambience (air
6.1
conditioning, humidity, dust …)

User's care, Cleaning, Disinfection &


6.2
Sterility issues

7. STANDARDS AND SAFETY

Certificates (pre-market, sanitary,..);


Performance and safety standards
7.1
(specific to the device type); Local
and/or international
Certificates (pre-market, sanitary,..);
Performance and safety standards
7.1
(specific to the device type); Local
and/or international

Local and/or
7.2
international

8. TRAINING AND INSTALLATION

Pre- installation requirements:


8.1
(nature, values, quality)

8.2 Requirements for sign-off

Training of staff (medical,


8.3
paramedical, technicians)

9. WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE

9.1 Warranty
10. DOCUMENTATION

Operating manuals, set manuals,


10.1
other manuals

Other accompanying
10.2
documents
11. Notes
Service Support Contact details
11.1 (Hierarchy Wise; including a toll
free/landline number)
11.2 Recommendations or warnings

DENTAL INSTRUMENTS

Version no. :
Date:
Done by : (name.institution)

NAME, CATEGORY AND CODING


UMDNS name
UMDNS code(s)
GENERAL
1. USE
1.1 Clinical purpose
Used by clinical
1.2
department/ward
TECHNICAL
2. TECHNICAL CHARACTERISTICS

List of instruments

2.1

2.2 User's interface


Software and/ or standard of
communication(where
2.3 ever required

3. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS

3.1 Dimensions(metric)
3.2 Weight (lbs, kg)
3.3 Noise (in dBA)
3.4 Heat dissipation
3.5 Mobility, portability

4. ENERGY SOURCE (electricity, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ….)

4.1 Power requirements


4.2 Battery operated
4.3 Protection
4.4 Power consumption

5. ACCESSORIES, SPARE PARTS, CONSUMABLES


Accessories, (mandatory, standard,
optional); Spare parts (main ones);
Consumables/reagents (open, closed
system)

5.1

BIDDING/PROCUREMENT TERMS/DONATION REQUIREMENTS

6. ENVIRONMENTAL AND DEPARTMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

Atmosphere/Ambience (air
conditioning,
6.1 humidity, dust …)

User's care, Cleaning, Disinfection &


Sterility issues
6.2

7. STANDARDS AND SAFETY

Certificates (pre-market, sanitary,..);


Performance and safety standards
(specific to the device type); Local
and/or international
7.1

8. TRAINING AND INSTALLATION

Pre- installation requirements:


8.1 nature, values, quality,
tolerance
8.2 Requirements for sign-off
Training of staff (medical,
8.3
paramedical, technicians)

9. WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE

9.1 Warranty
10. DOCUMENTATION

Operating manuals, set manuals,


other manuals
Operating manuals, set manuals,
other manuals
10.1

Other accompanying
10.2
documents
11. Notes
Service Support Contact details
(Hierarchy Wise; including a toll
11.1 free/landline number)

Recommendations or
11.2

warnings
NTRA ORAL WITH RVG
GENERAL

Dental radiographic units for which the dental film is placed inside the patient's mouth. These units are used
for imaging of crowns and the upper third of the roots of both upper and lower teeth (bitewing image), the
full tooth structure (periapical image), or the masticating surface of the premolars and molars (occlusal
image). In these units, the x-ray tube is usually located in a cylindrical tube head mounted on an articulating
arm positioned according to the view desired.

Dental Department

SPECIFICATION FOR DENTAL X-RAY:


Operation should be conventional as well as automatic.
Completely micro controller based digital timer assuring the accuracy of the exposure time selected.
Ease of operation as all the functions can be selected from the remote control as well as timer.
Feather touch keypad and length of exposure cable should be 5 to 6 meters.
Digital timer with the accuracy of 0.01 Sec (0.01 Sec to 4.00 Sec). Patient selection Switches (Thin, Normal
and Obese)
Film Speed selection switches (3 Speeds) RVG mode for RVG sensor.
An excellent output of 65 kV to 70 kV, 7mAs to 10 mAs.
Audible and Visual indication of “X-Ray On” (Radiation indications). Should provide compatible voltage
stabilizer (Built in/External).
Collimating device should be 20 cm in length and parallel/square in a lead shied should also be provided.

Excellent, Mechanical maneuverability, long reach scissor arm.

SPECIFICATION FOR RVG:


1. SUPER CMOS/CCD Technology
2. Sensor Size No.1 (universal)/ Size No.0 (pediatrics)/Size No.0 (optional).
3. No. of Pixels 16 lP/mm – 24lp/mm (true solution).
4. Pixel size is 18.5 x 18.5 micron.
5. Should provide compatible software with Image capture, enhancement and manipulation tools.
6. Sensor cable length should be 3 meters and reinforced for durability
and reliability (Fiber optic and scintillator tech).
Manual

In built

CS

NA
NA
Noise-free system
Should maintain nominal temp and the heat should be disbursed through
a cooling mechanism
Should provide a pedestal stand with freely movable round wheels with locking devices to prevent unusual
and excessive movement/ System should be wall mounted. It has to be set as per the requirement of the

facility.

y, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ….)

230V, AC, 50 Hz, 15 Amps,


No
Suitable stabilizer to be provided.
High voltage protection for X-ray tube.
To be specified by vendor.

TS, CONSUMABLES

Machine should be provided with following items,

1. Two numbers of BARC approved whole body lead aprons with all attachments and thyroid colors.

2. RVG (with Software) should be supplied with adequate and compatible computer system with latest
operating system i.e desktop of latest version (i5 processor with 500 GB or more Hard disk drive and RAM
approx 4 GB) and suitable laser printer.

BIDDING/PROCUREMENT TERMS/DONATION REQUIREMENTS

ARTMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

1 .Operating Condition: Capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 5 to 50 deg C and


relative humidity of 15 to 80% in ideal circumstances.
2. Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in ambient
temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%

1. Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come into contact with the patient or the operator
should either be capable of easy disinfection or be protected by a single use/disposable cover.

Should be US FDA/CE/BIS/CDSCO/AERB approved (USFDA/CE requirements will be applicable only when


the Indian standards like BIS/CDSO/AERB is not available.)
The unit should be AERB approved.
Manufacturer and Supplier should have ISO 13485 certification for quality standards
Electrical safety conforms to the standards for electrical safety IEC 60601- 1-General requirements (or
equivalent BIS Standard).
Manufacturer/Supplier should have ISO 13485 certificate for quality
standard.

ON

Stable power supply


Certificate of calibration and inspection of parts from the manufacturer

1.Training of users on operation and basic maintenance; 2.Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be
documented;

NCE

3 years, including all spares and calibration.

Should provide 2 sets(hard copy and soft copy) of:


1. User, technical and maintenance manuals should be supplied in English/Hindi/Regional language along
with machine diagrams;
2. List of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine maintenance;
3. Service and operation manuals(original and Copy) to be provided;
4. Advanced maintenance tasks documentation;
5. Certificate of calibration and inspection,
6. Satisfactory certificate for any existing installation from government hospital.

List of essential spares and accessories, with their part number and cost;

Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided;

Any Contract(AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to be declared by the manufacturer.

Any warning sign would be adequately displayed.


– EXTRA ORAL (O.P.G) – DIGITAL

Ver_1
12/7/2018
HCT/NHSRC

NAME, CATEGORY AND CODING

18427
Radiographic Units, Dental, Extra oral
GENERAL

Dental radiographic units in which the dental film is placed in an external film cassette. These units are
designed for imaging the maxillofacial region using a rotating x-ray beam (panoramic radiography), which
produces a single image of the dental arch as a fixed elliptical shape; and/or to obtain images of the
complete skull (cephalometric radiography) or of a region of interest from various angles. Some extra oral
units can produce multilayered transverse images of the maxillary and mandibular jaws (cross-sectional
tomography).

Dental Department

It should be digital.
Suitable for Adult and Pediatrics.
Minimum total filtration shall be 2.5 mm Al. Heat capacity shall be ≥20,000 HU.
Focal spot size should be 0.6 mm.
Constant potential; high-frequency required.

Automatic Exposure Control (AEC) is required which is used to control the length of x-ray exposure. The
exposure timer controls the length of the x- ray exposure; typical exposure times are 0.1 to 5 seconds for
cephalometric radiography and 5 to 20 seconds for panoramic radiography. Patient selection Switches
( Thin, Normal and Obese) Feather touch keypad and length of exposure cable should be 5 to 6 meters.

Ease of operation as all the functions can be selected from the remote control as well as timer.
An excellent output of 60 kV to 80 kV, 0mAs to 15 mAs. Exposure time shall be ≤15 sec
Audible and Visual indication of “X-Ray On” (Radiation indications). Should provide compatible voltage
stabilizer (Built in/External).
Source to Image Distance(SID) 400-500 mm
MAGNIFICATION : 1.2-1.5x
Manual

In built

CS

NA
NA
Noise-free system
Should maintain nominal temp and the heat should be disbursed through
a cooling mechanism

y, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ….)

230V, AC, 50 Hz, 15 Amps, Line resistance < 0.4 ohms.


No
High voltage protection for X-ray tube.
To be specified by vendor.

TS, CONSUMABLES

Machine should be provided with following items,

1. Two numbers of BARC approved whole body lead aprons with all attachments and thyroid color.

BIDDING/PROCUREMENT TERMS/DONATION REQUIREMENTS

ARTMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

1 .Operating Condition: Capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 5 to 50 deg C and


relative humidity of 15 to 80% in ideal circumstances.
2. Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in ambient
temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%

1. Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come into contact with the patient or the operator
should either be capable of easy disinfection or be protected by a single use/disposable cover.

Should be US FDA/CE/BIS/CDSCO/AERB approved (USFDA/CE requirements will be applicable only when


the Indian standards like BIS/CDSO/AERB is not available.)
The unit should be AERB approved.
Manufacturer and Supplier should have ISO 13485 certification for quality standards
Electrical safety conforms to the standards for electrical safety IEC 60601-
1-General requirements (or equivalent BIS Standard).
Manufacturer/Supplier should have ISO 13485 certificate for quality
standard.

ON

Stable power supply


Certificate of calibration and inspection of parts from the manufacturer

1.Training of users on operation and basic maintenance; 2.Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be
documented;

NCE

3 years, including all spares and calibration.

Should provide 2 sets(hard copy and soft copy) of:


1. User, technical and maintenance manuals should be supplied in English/Hindi/Regional language along
with machine diagrams;
2. List of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine maintenance;
3. Service and operation manuals(original and Copy) to be provided;
4. Advanced maintenance tasks documentation;
5. Certificate of calibration and inspection,
6. Satisfactory certificate for any existing installation from government hospital.

List of essential spares and accessories, with their part number and cost;

Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided;

Any Contract(AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to be declared by the manufacturer.

Any warning sign would be adequately displayed.


DENTAL CHAIR ELECTRICALLY

Ver_1
12/7/2018
HCT/NHSRC

NAME, CATEGORY AND CODING

10792
Chairs, Examination/Treatment, Dentistry
GENERAL

Examination/treatment chairs designed to facilitate dental examination, treatment, and/or minor surgical
procedures. These chairs are typically adjustable up to a height that allows the healthcare staff to perform
procedures while standing; the chairs usually include head- and armrests, a reclining back that may be tilted
from a vertical to a horizontal or near-horizontal position, and rotating capabilities to facilitate examination
and/or treatment.
Dental Department
TECHNICAL

S
It should have double articulating headrest with seesaw movement. It should be provided with soft cervical
support.
Dental unit should have latest overhead delivery system.
It should have two 3-way syringes (Tip autoclavable, with spare tips) one on unit side and other on the
assistant side.

It should have LED light cure unit with minimum intensity 1200 mW/cm2.
It should have infection control system with non-retraction valves (Bio system /equivalent).
All hand pieces / terminals should be kept on Autoclavable pads. 8 spare autoclavable pads should be
supplied.
Arm of unit should be pneumatically locked.
All air tubing of the delivery system can be disinfected internally after every dental procedure.
It should have one in built piezo ultrasonic scalar (max frequency should be 36 KHZ)
Removable auxiliary tray (autoclavable) shall be supplied – 10 sets.
It should have integrated latest foot operated LED light (30000 - 50000 Lux).
It should have rotatable water system with removable spittoon.
It should have Medium Vacuum Suction and high suction (Motorized Suction).
Should have following multiple programmes Two programmable working positions.
Spitting and last working position with light ON and OFF automatically.
Return to Zero position with light OFF automatically.

It should have emergency stop control with luminous indication. Programmable bowl water and cup filler
water.
It should have LED based X-ray viewer (For I.P.G/O.P. G films). It should be provided with right arm.
It should have multi-functional foot control base.

It should be provided with two stools with adjustable backrest tilt including an adjustable ring for foot rest

Oil free medical grade compressor of 1. HP (fully imported)


Manual

In built

CS

NA
NA
Noise-free system
Should maintain nominal temp and the heat should be disbursed
through a cooling mechanism

y, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ….)

230V, AC, 50 Hz, 15 Amps, Line resistance < 0.4 ohms.


No
.
To be specified by vendor.

TS, CONSUMABLES

LED LIGHT CARE UNIT:


1. Ensures up to 1200 mW/ sq.cm
ULTRASONIC SCALAR:
1. Piezotronics Scalar with frequency of 28000-36000 Hz
2. Autoclavable hand piece, Total control is Microprocessor based
3. Hand Pieces most sleek.
4. The scalar supplies with: Piezotronics scalar with 4 tips.
FOOT OPERATED LIGHT:
1. LED light with 3 intensities with 3 axis movement.
2. Intensity is between 30000 - 50000 Lux
3. On/off Switch by sensor switch - non touch.
4. Step intensity control by non-touch sensor.
AIR ROTOR:
1. Air Rotor hand piece clean head with a speed of 350000 RPM
2. Supplies with
a. Titanium/ SS Air rotor torque hand piece.
b. Ultra-push type non retraction valve.
BRUSHLESS MICROMOTOR:
1. It should have digital display of speed.
2. High Torque Micro motor (Foot Controlled) with Speed range of
2000 -40000 RPM

3. It should have reverse and forward speed along.


4. It should have auto cut off system for over load. 5.It should be supplied with
a. Contangle Hand piece (Autoclavable): Speed: 40000 RPM
b. Straight Hand Piece (Autoclavable): Speed 40000 RPM.

AIR COMPRESSOR:
1. Medical grade, Oil free, Noise free at least 1 HP Compressor.
2. The compressor should be fitted with
a. Built in thermo cut off to save motor during excess of heat
b. auto head air release valve,
c. Automatic cut off
d. Safety release valve
e. Drain Valve
f. The inner surface of the compressor tank (at least 35 L) is
coated with Epoxy to prevent rusting.

BIDDING/PROCUREMENT TERMS/DONATION REQUIREMENTS

ARTMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

1. Operating Condition: Capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and


relative humidity of 15 to 80% in ideal circumstances.
2. Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in ambient
temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%

1. Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come into contact with the patient or the operator
should either be capable of easy disinfection or be protected by a single use/disposable cover.

Should be US FDA/CE/ approved


Manufacturer and Supplier should have ISO 13485 certification for quality standards
Electrical safety conforms to the standards for electrical safety IEC
60601-1-General requirements (or equivalent BIS Standard).
Manufacturer/Supplier should have ISO 13485 certificate for quality
standard.

ON

Stable power supply

Certificate of calibration and inspection of parts from the manufacturer


1. Training of users on operation and basic maintenance;
2. Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented;

NCE
3 years, including all spares and calibration.

Should provide 2 sets (hard copy and soft copy) of:


1. User, technical and maintenance manuals should be supplied in English/Hindi/Regional language along
with machine diagrams;
2. List of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine maintenance;
3. Service and operation manuals (original and Copy) to be provided;
4. Advanced maintenance tasks documentation;
5. Certificate of calibration and inspection,

6. Satisfactory certificate for any existing installation from government hospital.


List of essential spares and accessories, with their part number and
cost;

Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided;

Any Contract (AMC/CMC/ ad-hoc) to be declared by the manufacturer.

Any warning sign would be adequately displayed.

E (VACUUM TYPE)

Ver_1
12/7/2018
HCT/NHSRC

NAME, CATEGORY AND CODING

16142
Sterilizing Units, Steam, Tabletop
GENERAL

a tabletop unit including a treatment with shelves on which the devices to be sterilized are placed, usually
after being cleaned of gross debris and then packed;

Dental Department

S
The autoclave should provide sterilization at 121o C and 134o C for both wrapped and unwrapped tools and
also a flash cycle for rapid sterilization.
The autoclave should be equipped with a powerful vacuum pump to eject air pockets from the chamber at
the beginning and at the end of cycle (Pre-vacuum and Post vacuum)
It should have minimum four sterilization programs and two test programs.
Minimum volume at least 20liters.
It should be class B autoclave so that hollow bodied instruments, hand pieces, and turbines can be fully
autoclaved.
Manual

In built

CS

NA
NA
Noise-free system
Should maintain nominal temp and the heat should be disbursed
through a cooling mechanism

y, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ….)

230V, AC, 50 Hz, 15 Amps, Line resistance < 0.4 ohms.


No
.
To be specified by vendor.

TS, CONSUMABLES

All Accessories like water purification unit, sealing machine etc. should be of same manufacturer.
All accessories should be supplied to make equipment fully functional as per user requirement.

BIDDING/PROCUREMENT TERMS/DONATION REQUIREMENTS

ARTMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

1 .Operating Condition: Capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 5 to 50 deg C and


relative humidity of 15 to 80% in ideal circumstances.
2. Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in ambient
temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%

1. Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come into contact with the patient or the operator
should either be capable of easy disinfection or be protected by a single use/disposable cover.

Should be US FDA/CE/BIS/CDSCO/AERB approved (USFDA/CE requirements will be applicable only when


the Indian standards like BIS/CDSO/AERB is not available.)
Manufacturer and Supplier should have ISO 13485 certification for quality standards
Electrical safety conforms to the standards for electrical safety IEC
60601-1-General requirements (or equivalent BIS Standard).
Manufacturer/Supplier should have ISO 13485 certificate for quality
standard.

ON

Stable power supply

Certificate of calibration and inspection of parts from the


manufacturer
1. Training of users on operation and basic maintenance;
2. Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented;

NCE

3 years, including all spares and calibration.

Should provide 2 sets(hard copy and soft copy) of:


1. User, technical and maintenance manuals should be supplied in English/Hindi/Regional language along
with machine diagrams;
2. List of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine maintenance;
3. Service and operation manuals(original and Copy) to be provided;
4. Advanced maintenance tasks documentation;
5. Certificate of calibration and inspection,
6. Satisfactory certificate for any existing installation from government hospital.
List of essential spares and accessories, with their part number and
cost;

Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided;

Any Contract(AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to be declared by the manufacturer.


Any warning sign would be adequately displayed.

MENTS

1
15/02/2018
HCT/NHSRC

NAME, CATEGORY AND CODING


NA
NA
GENERAL

Dental
TECHNICAL
ICS

DIAGNOSTIC INSTRUMENTS
Mouth Mirror Handle with tops. – 1 No Explorer – 1 No
Tweezers – 1 No Straight Probe. – 1 No
Periodontal Probe. – 1 No Kidney Tray 1 No

RESTORATIVE INSTRUMENTS
Spoon Excavator – 18/w Medium E-2 Cement Spatula – 1 No
Plastic filling instrument – 2 No Burnisher Ball – 1 No
Smooth Plugger - 1 No Matrix Band – 1 No
Matrix Retainer with band (50 nos) – Toffelmeir – 8 No Cellophane Strips – 1No
Composite Filling Instrument – 2 No

ENDODONTIC INSTRUMENTS
Endodontic No: D, G 16 / Equivalent endodontic explorer – 1 No Endodontic Spreader, 0.2 mm tips (Nickel,
Titanium) – 1No

MINOR SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS


P-9 Elevators – 1 No
BEN-Q Perio steal Elevator – 1 No
Scissor – Goldman Fox Straight (13 cm) with Tungster cubicle tip – 1 No Metal aspirator (23 cm)/ Cogswell -
3 or equivalent – 1 No
No-2 Molt Surgical Curettes – 1 No
No – 6 R Molt Surgical Curettes – 1 No Metal Mallet with silicon padding – 1 No
NA

NA

CS

NA
NA
NA
NA
Supplied in protective SS case for clean storage and safe transport.

y, UPS, solar, gas, water, CO2 ….)

NA
NA
NA
NA

TS, CONSUMABLES
NA

BIDDING/PROCUREMENT TERMS/DONATION REQUIREMENTS

ARTMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

NA

1. Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come into contact with the patient or the operator
should either be capable of easy disinfection or be protected by a single use/disposable cover.

2. Sterilization required.

Should be US FDA/CE/BIS/CDSCO/AERB approved (USFDA/CE requirements will be applicable only when


the Indian standards like BIS/CDSO/AERB is not available.)
The surgical instruments should be made using top quality medical grade hardened stainless steel with
defined specifications like AISI-410,
AISI-420, AISI-304, AISI-303, AISI- 440 etc. using
guidelines of ASTM standard F899-94 and ISO 7153 and with a dull finish.

ON

NA

NA
Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be provided. Advanced maintenance tasks
required shall be documented.

NCE

3 years, including all spares.

Should provide 2 sets(hard copy and soft copy) of:


1. User, technical and maintenance manuals should be supplied in English/Hindi/Regional language along
with machine diagrams;
2. List of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine maintenance;
3. Service and operation manuals(original and Copy) to be provided;
4. Advanced maintenance tasks documentation;
5. Certificate of calibration and inspection,
6. Satisfactory certificate for any existing installation from government hospital.
List of essential spares and accessories, with their part number and
cost;

Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided;

Any Contract(AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to be declared by the manufacturer.

Any warning sign would be adequately displayed.


Wheel chair
Weighing scale/digital, adult
Weighing scale with height, electronic
Water distiller
Vortex mixer
Ultrasound, general purpose
Ultrasound imaging system/obs&gyn
Trolley, instrument
Trolley
Thermometer IR
Thermometer aux
Temperature monitor
Suction machine
Stretcher
Stethoscope, binaural, adult
Steam sterilizer, 24l
Room heater
Respirator/ventilator
Refrigerator, medicine
Refrigerator, epi
Pulse oximeter
Phototherapy machine
Patient monitors
Patient monitor, referral
Patient bed
Oxygen regulator with flow meter and humidifier (compatible with oxygen cylinder
Oxygen gauge
Oxygen cylinder
Oxygen concentrator
Otoscope
Or light, mobile
Ophthalmoscope, direct
Operating table
Operating light, mobile
Operating light, ceiling mounted
Microscope, fluorescence
Microscope, binocular, basic light microscope
Major surgical instrument set
Laundry, 24kg
Iv stand
Instrument for minor surgical
Infusion pump, universal single channel
Infant radiant warmer
Incinerator
Hormone analyzer, fully automated
Hemoglobin meter, poct
Hematology analyzer, 5 diff
Hematology analyzer, 3 diff
Glycated hemoglobin (hba1c) analyzer
Glucometer
Freezer, plasma 500l
Fetal doppler
Examination light, mobile
Examination instruments, prenatal
Examination instrument, gynecology
Examination couch
ESR analyzer
Episiotomy set
Electrolyte analyzer
Dry oven/ dry heat sterilizer
Dental unit
Dental chair, fully loaded and electrically operated
Delivery couch
Defibrillator
Cryotherapy machine
CPR board
Chemistry analyzer, fully automated
Chemistry analyzer, semi-automated
Centrifuge, hematocrit
Centrifuge, general purpose
Cardiotocography/Fetal monitor (CTG)
Bp apparatus, mercurial
Bp apparatus, digital
Bp apparatus, aneroid
Biosafety cabinet level iii
Biosafety cabinet level ii
Biosafety cabinet level I
Bed screen
Automated ESR analyzer based on the modified westergren method
Anesthetic machine
Micropipette - 200ul variable vol.
Micropipette 10- 50ul variable vol.
Micropipette 10- 1000ul variable vol.
Micro pippete 20-200 micro litters
Micro pippete 10-1005 micro litters
Micro pippete 10-1004 micro litters
Micro pippete 100-1000 micro litters
Micro pippete 05-50 micro litters
Micro pippete 0.5-10 micro litters
1 Agitator - platelet
2 Analytical balance, Laboratory
3 Analytical balance, Pharmacy
4 Analyzer - Blood Gas
5 Analyzer - Blood Grouping
6 Analyzer - Clinical Chemistry - Fully Automated
7 Analyzer - Clinical Chemistry - Semi Automated
8 Analyzer – Coagulation, Fully Automated
9 Analyzer – Coagulation, Semi Automated
10 Analyzer – Electrolyte
11 Analyzer – Elisa, Fully Automated
12 Analyzer - ESR
13 Analyzer – Flow cytometer, CD4
14 Analyzer - Hematology, 3 Differential
15 Analyzer - Hematology, 5 Differential
16 Analyzer - Urine
17 Analyzer – Viral load machine
18 Analyzer-Hormone assay
19 Anesthesia Machine, with Monitor
20 Applanation tonometer
21 Audiometer
22 Auditory Function Screening Device, Newborn
23 Auto chart projector
24 Auto lensometer
25 Auto refracto keratometer
26 Auto Refractometer
27 Automated - Coagulation Timer
28 Bed - infant/neonate
29 Bed - Orthopedic, Traction
30 Bed - Patient, Adult
31 Bed - Patient, ICU, Electrohydraulic
32 Bed - Patient, ICU, Manual
33 Bed - Patient, Pediatric
34 Bed side cabinet
35 Bilirubinometer
36 Biofeedback machine
37 Bio-safety cabinet
38 BiPAP Machine
39 Bladder scanner
40 Bone Densitometer , Digital
41 Brachytherapy Machine
42 Calorimeter
43 Cardio bike
44 Cataract Extraction Units
45 CATH LAB Machine
46 Centrifuge - Blood Bank, Refrigerated
47 Centrifuge - General purpose, Electrical
48 Centrifuge - General purpose, Manual
49 Centrifuge - Haematocrit, Electrical
50 Cervical and Lumber traction table
51 Cervical, Fixation, kit, lateral mass
52 Cervical, Occipital, kit
53 Cold boxes
54 Colony counter
55 Combined Therapy/ Electro -Ultra sonic therapy
56 Corneal Topography
57 Couch - Delivery, Electrical
58 Couch - Delivery, Manual
59 Couch - Examination
60 CPAP Machine
61 Cryosurgical Unit - Derma Electrical
62 Cryotherapy Unit - Gynecology
63 Cryotherapy Unit - Ophthalmic
64 CT Scan Machine - 128 Slice
65 CT Scan Machine - 64 Slice
66 Cystoscope, Rigid
67 Defibrilator
68 Defibrilator With Monitor
69 Dental Unit
70 Dermatome, Electrical, Adult
71 Dermatome, Electrical, pediatric
72 Dialysis chair
73 Dialysis Machine
74 PH meter - Digital
75 Laser - Diode
76 Dispenser, Culture
77 Distiller - Water
78 Drill - Neurosurgical, Electrical
79 Drill - Neurosurgical, Manual
80 Drill - Orthopediac
81 Drill, Electrical, Dental
82 Drill, Implant with all standard type, size and quantity
83 Dryer Machine
84 ECG Machine
85 EEG Machine
86 Electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) Machine
87 Electrophoresis machine
88 Electro Surgical Unit/ESU
89 Electrotherapy /TENS
90 Embedding station
91 EMG/NCV/EP System
92 Endoscope - Bronchoscope, Flexible, Adult/Pediatric
93 Endoscope - Colposcope
94 Endoscope - Hysteroscope
95 Endoscope - Laparoscope
96 Endoscope - Video Gastro Intestinal
97 Endoscope - Video Laryngoscope
98 Endoscope Tower
99 Endoscope, Bronchoscope, Rigid
100 Endoscope, Colonoscope
101 Endoscope, Cystoscope
102 Endoscope, Endo-urology Unit
103 Endoscope, Proctoscope/Rectoscope
104 Endoscope, Sigmoidoscope
105 Endoscope, Thoracoscopy
106 Endoscope, upper
107 ESR Stand Stainless
108 External beam radiation therapy machine/ Teletherapy machine
109 Extractor - Plasma - Manual
110 Extractor - Plasma, Automated
111 Flame photometer
112 Freezer - Deep freeze
113 Freezer - Ultra freeze
114 Freezer - Plasma
115 Freezer - Vaccine
116 Freezer, Ice Pack
117 Functional Electrical Stimulation (FES) Machine
118 Fundus Camera
119 GeneXpert Machine
120 Glucometer
121 Heart Lung Machine
122 Hemocytometer
123 Hemoglobinometer
124 Homogenizer
125 Hydro Collector with hot pack
126 Immune histopathology equipment
127 Incubator - Laboratory
128 Incubator - New Born
129 Indirect Opthalmoscope
130 Infusion Pump/Perfuser
131 Inspissator -TB Culture Preparatory
132 Instrument - Washer/Disinfector
133 Ironing machine
134 IV Stand
135 Laboratory Slide rack
136 Laminar Flow
137 Laryngoscope
138 Laser - Ophthalmic (YAG/Argon/SLT)
139 Laser CO2
140 Laser - Derma
141 Laundry Machine
142 Leap Machine
143 Electro Surgical Unit - LEEP Machine
144 Light, Ophthalmic , Ceiling
145 Light, Ophthalmic , Mobile
146 Light-Examination
147 Light-Operating, Ceiling
148 Light-Operating, Mobile
149 Lithotripsy Machine
150 Loupe, Operating
151 Magnetic Stirrer
152 Manifold-Automatic
153 Manifold-Manual
154 Trolley, mayo
155 Micropipette with different size
156 Microscope - Binocular, LED
157 Microscope – Fluorescence
158 Microscope - Inverted Light
159 Microscope - Multi headed
160 Microscope - Operating, Eye with TV Monitor and Observing Scope
161 Microscope - Operating, Neurosurgery
162 Microscope - Operating, Ophthalmic
163 Microscope - TB and Malaria
164 Microscope - with Video Camera
165 Microtome - Rotary, Fully Automated
166 Microtome Rotary, Manual
167 Microwave Diathermy
168 Monitor - Cardiorespiratory, Neonatal
169 Monitor - Maternal and Fetal
170 Monitor - Patient
171 Monitor - Patient, Central
172 Monitor- Telemeteric, Physiology
173 Monitor-Apnea
174 Monitor-Vital Sign
175 MRI Machine
176 Nebuilizer
177 Neuromuscular Electrical Stimulation (NMES)
178 Ophthalmoscope, Direct
179 Ophthalmoscope, indirect, Binocular
180 Optical Coherence Tomography Machine
181 Otoscope
182 Oxygen Concentrator
183 Oxygen Cylinder
184 Oxygen Flow Meter Regulator With Humidifier
185 Oxygen Regulator - single gauge Automatic
186 Oxygen Regulator with double gauge
187 Pelvic floor rehabilitation device
188 Automated Visual Field Analyzer/Perimetry
189 PET/SPECT
190 Phaco + Vitrectomy Machine
191 Photoelectric colorimeter
192 Phototherapy Unit
193 Plasma Thawing Bath
194 POP Cutter, Electrical
195 Pulse Oximetry - Finger tip
196 Pulse Oximetry - Table top
197 Pulse Oximetry -Hand held
198 Pump - Breast
199 Quadriceps Bench
200 Radiotherapy Planning System
201 Radiotherapy, Linear Accelerator (LINAC)
202 Refrigerator - Blood Bank, 350L
203 Refrigerator - Blood Bank, 750L
204 Refrigerator - General Purpose, 300L
205 Refrigerator - General Purpose, 500 L
206 Refrigerator - General Purpose, 700 L
207 Refrigerator - Mortuary
208 Refrigerator, Laboratory
209 Refrigerator, Pharmaceutical
210 Refrigerator, Solar Direct Drive
211 Refrigerator, Vaccine
212 Resuscitator, Adult
213 Resuscitator, Infant
214 Resuscitator, Pediatric
215 Retinoscope
216 Roller - Mixer
217 Room Heater
218 Scaler - Dental, Electrical
219 Scale - Blood Bag, Digital
220 Scale - Hematocrit Reader
221 Scale - Weight, Adult, Digital with Height
222 Scale - Weight, Digital, Adult/Peadiatric
223 Scale - Weight, Digital, Neonatal/Child
224 Scale - Weight, Manual, Adult
225 Scale - Weight, Manual, Infant
226 Screen, patient/bed
227 Shaker - Rotary
228 Slide scanner
229 Slide Stainer - Cytology/Histology
230 Slit Lamp
231 Slit Lamp - Automatic with Goldman application tonometer and teaching scope
232 Slit lamp with Keratometer
233 Sphygmomanometer, Aneroid, Digital, Adult
234 Sphygmomanometer, Aneroid, Infant
235 Sphygmomanometer, Aneroid, Pediatric
236 Sphygmomanometer, Digital, Adult
237 Sphygmomanometer, Digital, Infant/Neonatal
238 Sphygmomanometer, Digital, Pediatric
239 Spirometer
240 Sterilizer - Chemical, H2O2, Low Temperature
241 Sterilizer - Dry Glass Bead
242 Sterilizer - Instrument, Hot Air/Dry Oven
243 Sterilizer - Steam
244 Stethoscope, Adult
245 Stethoscope, Neonatal
246 Stethoscope, Pediatric
247 Stress Testing Machine
248 Stretcher - Patient Transporter
249 Suction Machine, Electrical
250 Suction Machine, Manual
251 Syringe pump
252 Table – Operating, Electro hydraulic
253 Table – Operating, Manual
254 TENS - Ultrasound and Combination therapy Unit
255 TENS (Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulation)
256 Therapy - Infrared Rays
257 Thermo cycler - PCR machine or DNA amplifier
258 Thermometer
259 Tissue processing machine, Automated
260 Tissue processing machine, Microwave
261 TLC Scanner
262 TMS (Transcranial Magnetic Stimulation)
263 Tonometer - Computerized
264 Pneumatic Tourniquet, Electrical
265 Pneumatic Tourniquet, Manual
266 Treadmill
267 Trolley, dressing
268 Trolley, gas cylinder
269 Trolley, general purpose
270 Trolley, instrument
271 Trolley, medicine/drug
272 Trolley, oxygen gas cylinder
273 Trolley, patient, stretcher
274 Trolley,Emergency
275 Tube Sealer - Mobile
276 Tube Sealer - Stationary
277 Tube Dryer
278 Ultrasonic - Fetal doppler
279 Ultrasound - Color Doppler, Fetal
280 Ultrasound - Ophthalmic
281 Ultrasound - Urology imaging system
282 Ultrasound- Echocardiography
283 Ultrasound- Ob/Gyn
284 Ultrasound- Ob/Gyn Color Doppler
285 Ultrasound, Therapy
286 Ultrasound-General Purpose
287 Ultrasound-General Purpose, Color Doppler, 3D/4D
288 Uretero Nephroscope
289 Urinary flow meter
290 Urological laser
291 Urology examination table
292 Vacuum aspirator
293 Vacuum Extractor, Electrical
294 Vacuum Extractor, Manual
295 Ventilator - Mechanical
296 Ventilator - Mechanical, Neonatal/Pediatric
297 Ventilator - Mechanical, Portable
298 Vortex - Mixer
299 Walking Aid device
300 Warmer - Fluid/Blood
301 Warmer - Radiant, Infant
302 Water bath
303 Water treatment system
304 Wheelchair Adult
305 Wheelchair Pediatric
306 X - Ray - Dental, Digital
307 X - Ray - Dental, Digital with RVG
308 X - Ray - Dental, Panoramic
309 X - Ray - Mammography, Digital
310 X - Ray - Radiography, Digital
311 X - Ray - Radiography, Hybrid
312 X - Ray - Radiography, Mobile, Digital
313 X - Ray- Radiography, Digital with Fluoroscopy
314 X - Ray, Mobile Analog
315 X - Ray, Mobile Analog with Flouroscopic
316 X - Ray, - Dental, Cephalometric
317 X-Ray, Fluoroscopy, C-Arm , Digital
318 X-Ray, Radiography, Analog
319 CR Reader
320 Air Conditionar (AC)
321 Incinerator
322 Generator
323 Asepticizer
324 Sterilizer - UV

You might also like